Mercurial > repos > blastem
annotate nuklear_ui/blastem_nuklear.c @ 2409:f8ce89498e11
Fix some further fallout of ZIP reload fix
author | Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 03 Jan 2024 19:45:23 -0800 |
parents | 130106f5c87a |
children | 64cf80e683aa |
rev | line source |
---|---|
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 #define NK_IMPLEMENTATION |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 #define NK_SDL_GLES2_IMPLEMENTATION |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
3 #define NK_RAWFB_IMPLEMENTATION |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
4 #define RAWFB_RGBX_8888 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 #include <stdlib.h> |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
7 #include <limits.h> |
1827 | 8 #include <math.h> |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 #include "blastem_nuklear.h" |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
10 #include "nuklear_rawfb.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 #include "font.h" |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
12 #include "filechooser.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 #include "../render.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 #include "../render_sdl.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15 #include "../util.h" |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 #include "../paths.h" |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
17 #include "../saves.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
18 #include "../blastem.h" |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
19 #include "../config.h" |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
20 #include "../io.h" |
1569
0ec89dadb36d
Add code for loading PNG images. Added 360 controller image. WIP work on gamepad mapping UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1568
diff
changeset
|
21 #include "../png.h" |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
22 #include "../controller_info.h" |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
23 #include "../bindings.h" |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
24 #include "../mediaplayer.h" |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 static struct nk_context *context; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
27 static struct rawfb_context *fb_context; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
29 typedef struct |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
30 { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
31 uint32_t *image_data; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
32 uint32_t width, height; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
33 struct nk_image ui; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
34 } ui_image; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
35 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
36 static ui_image **ui_images, *controller_360, *controller_ps4, |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
37 *controller_ps4_6b, *controller_wiiu, *controller_gen_6b; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
38 static uint32_t num_ui_images, ui_image_storage; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
39 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 typedef void (*view_fun)(struct nk_context *); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 static view_fun current_view; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
42 static view_fun *previous_views; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
43 static uint32_t view_storage; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
44 static uint32_t num_prev; |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
45 static struct nk_font *def_font; |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
46 static uint8_t config_dirty; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
47 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
48 static void push_view(view_fun new_view) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
49 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
50 if (num_prev == view_storage) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
51 view_storage = view_storage ? 2*view_storage : 2; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
52 previous_views = realloc(previous_views, view_storage*sizeof(view_fun)); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
53 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
54 previous_views[num_prev++] = current_view; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
55 current_view = new_view; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
56 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
57 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
58 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
59 static void pop_view() |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
60 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
61 if (num_prev) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
62 current_view = previous_views[--num_prev]; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
63 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
64 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
65 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
66 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
67 static void clear_view_stack() |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
68 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
69 num_prev = 0; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
70 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72 void view_play(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 { |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
74 if (current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_MEDIA_PLAYER) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
75 media_player *player = (media_player *)current_system; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
76 if (nk_begin(context, "Media Player", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
77 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
78 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, render_width() - 4 * context->style.font->height, 1); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
79 nk_label(context, current_media()->name, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
80 |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
81 uint32_t seconds = player->playback_time / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
82 uint32_t minutes = seconds / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
83 seconds %= 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
84 uint32_t hours = minutes / 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
85 minutes %= 60; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
86 char buffer[10]; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
87 sprintf(buffer, "%02d:%02d:%02d", hours, minutes, seconds); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
88 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
89 |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
90 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, desired_width, 1); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
91 if (nk_button_label(context, player->state == STATE_PLAY ? "Pause" : "Play")) { |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
92 uint8_t old_state = player->button_state[BUTTON_A]; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
93 player->button_state[BUTTON_A] = 0; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
94 current_system->gamepad_down(current_system, 1, BUTTON_A); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
95 player->button_state[BUTTON_A] = old_state; |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
96 } |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
97 nk_end(context); |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
98 } |
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
99 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
102 static char *browser_cur_path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
103 static const char *browser_label; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
104 static const char *browser_setting_path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
105 static const char **browser_ext_list; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
106 static uint32_t browser_num_exts; |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
107 static uint8_t use_native_filechooser; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
108 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
109 static void handle_chooser_result(uint8_t normal_open, char *full_path) |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
110 { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
111 if(normal_open) { |
2401
34b4ff091891
Fix crash when loading a subsequent ROM after lock-on
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
112 lockon_media(NULL); |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
113 if (current_system) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
114 current_system->next_rom = full_path; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
115 current_system->request_exit(current_system); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
116 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
117 init_system_with_media(full_path, SYSTEM_UNKNOWN); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
118 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
119 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
120 clear_view_stack(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
121 show_play_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
122 } else if (browser_setting_path) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
123 config = tern_insert_path(config, browser_setting_path, (tern_val){.ptrval = full_path}, TVAL_PTR); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
124 config_dirty = 1; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
125 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
126 pop_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
127 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
128 lockon_media(full_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
129 |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
130 clear_view_stack(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
131 show_play_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
132 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
133 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
134 |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
135 void view_file_browser(struct nk_context *context, uint8_t normal_open) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137 static dir_entry *entries; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 static size_t num_entries; |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
139 static int32_t selected_entry = -1; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
140 static const char **ext_list; |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
141 static uint32_t num_exts; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
142 static uint8_t got_ext_list; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
143 if (!browser_cur_path) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
144 get_initial_browse_path(&browser_cur_path); |
1481
77a401044935
Fix directory navigation in ROM file chooser in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1478
diff
changeset
|
145 } |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
146 if (use_native_filechooser && native_filechooser_available()) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
147 char *path = native_filechooser_pick(browser_label, browser_cur_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
148 if (path) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
149 free(browser_cur_path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
150 browser_cur_path = path_dirname(path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
151 handle_chooser_result(normal_open, path); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
152 } else { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
153 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
154 pop_view(); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
155 } |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
156 return; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
157 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158 if (!entries) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
159 entries = get_dir_list(browser_cur_path, &num_entries); |
1484
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
160 if (entries) { |
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
161 sort_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
d82af64c94d2
Sort directory listing in Nuklear UI file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1483
diff
changeset
|
162 } |
2017
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
163 if (!num_entries) { |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
164 //get_dir_list can fail if the user doesn't have permission |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
165 //for the current folder, make sure they can still navigate up |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
166 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
167 entries = calloc(1, sizeof(dir_entry)); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
168 entries[0].name = strdup(".."); |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
169 entries[0].is_dir = 1; |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
170 num_entries = 1; |
8e7b06ade815
Prevent user from getting stuck in directories they don't have permission to read in ROM browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2016
diff
changeset
|
171 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
173 if (!browser_ext_list) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
174 if (!got_ext_list) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
175 ext_list = (const char **)get_extension_list(config, &num_exts); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
176 got_ext_list = 1; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
177 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
178 browser_ext_list = ext_list; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
179 browser_num_exts = num_exts; |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
180 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
181 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 if (nk_begin(context, "Load ROM", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
184 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - context->style.font->height * 3, width - 60, 1); |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
185 int32_t old_selected = selected_entry; |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
186 const char *parts[] = {browser_label, ": ", browser_cur_path}; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
187 char *title = alloc_concat_m(3, parts); |
2016
2d8748e0ccb2
Show current path in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2015
diff
changeset
|
188 if (nk_group_begin(context, title, NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
189 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height - 2, width-100, 1); |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
190 for (int32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 { |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
192 if (entries[i].name[0] == '.' && entries[i].name[1] != '.') { |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
193 continue; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
194 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
195 if (browser_num_exts && !entries[i].is_dir && !path_matches_extensions(entries[i].name, browser_ext_list, browser_num_exts)) { |
1485
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
196 continue; |
369da70ee2c2
Filter file list in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1484
diff
changeset
|
197 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
198 int selected = i == selected_entry; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 nk_selectable_label(context, entries[i].name, NK_TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, &selected); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200 if (selected) { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 selected_entry = i; |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
202 } else if (i == selected_entry) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
203 selected_entry = -1; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
204 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
205 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
206 nk_group_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 } |
2016
2d8748e0ccb2
Show current path in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2015
diff
changeset
|
208 free(title); |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
209 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width > 600 ? 300 : width / 2, 2); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
210 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
211 browser_ext_list = NULL; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
212 pop_view(); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
213 } |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
214 if (nk_button_label(context, "Open") || (old_selected >= 0 && selected_entry < 0)) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
215 if (selected_entry < 0) { |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
216 selected_entry = old_selected; |
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
217 } |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
218 char *full_path = path_append(browser_cur_path, entries[selected_entry].name); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
219 if (entries[selected_entry].is_dir) { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
220 free(browser_cur_path); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
221 browser_cur_path = full_path; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 entries = NULL; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 } else { |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
225 handle_chooser_result(normal_open, full_path); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
226 } |
1554
87350caf6dab
Allow double click to open ROM in file browser
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1553
diff
changeset
|
227 selected_entry = -1; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
228 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229 nk_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232 |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
233 void view_load(struct nk_context *context) |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
234 { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
235 browser_label = "Select ROM"; |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
236 view_file_browser(context, 1); |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
237 } |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
238 |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
239 void view_lock_on(struct nk_context *context) |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
240 { |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
241 browser_label = "Select ROM"; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
242 view_file_browser(context, 0); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
243 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
244 |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
245 void view_file_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
246 { |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
247 view_file_browser(context, 0); |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
248 } |
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
249 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250 void view_about(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
251 { |
1526 | 252 const char *lines[] = { |
1815
7f4fac75b484
Update version number for nightly builds
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1814
diff
changeset
|
253 "BlastEm v0.6.3-pre", |
1812
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
254 "Copyright 2012-2019 Michael Pavone", |
1526 | 255 "", |
256 "BlastEm is a high performance open source", | |
257 "(GPLv3) Genesis/Megadrive emulator", | |
258 }; | |
259 const uint32_t NUM_LINES = sizeof(lines)/sizeof(*lines); | |
260 const char *thanks[] = { | |
1661 | 261 "Nemesis: Documentation and test ROMs", |
1526 | 262 "Charles MacDonald: Documentation", |
263 "Eke-Eke: Documentation", | |
1812
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
264 "Sauraen: YM2612/YM2203 Die Analysis", |
8aeac7bd9fa7
Update version number, special thanks, CHANGELOG and README in preparation for possible 0.6.2 release
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1811
diff
changeset
|
265 "Alexey Khokholov: YM3438 Die Analysis", |
1526 | 266 "Bart Trzynadlowski: Documentation", |
267 "KanedaFR: Hosting the best Sega forum", | |
268 "Titan: Awesome demos and documentation", | |
1661 | 269 "flamewing: BCD info and test ROM", |
270 "r57shell: Opcode size test ROM", | |
1526 | 271 "micky: Testing", |
272 "Sasha: Testing", | |
273 "lol-frank: Testing", | |
274 "Sik: Testing", | |
275 "Tim Lawrence : Testing", | |
276 "ComradeOj: Testing", | |
277 "Vladikcomper: Testing" | |
278 }; | |
279 const uint32_t NUM_THANKS = sizeof(thanks)/sizeof(*thanks); | |
280 uint32_t width = render_width(); | |
281 uint32_t height = render_height(); | |
282 if (nk_begin(context, "About", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
283 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, width-40, 1); |
1526 | 284 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < NUM_LINES; i++) |
285 { | |
286 nk_label(context, lines[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); | |
287 } | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
288 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - (context->style.font->height * 2 + 20) - (context->style.font->height +4)*NUM_LINES, width-40, 1); |
1526 | 289 if (nk_group_begin(context, "Special Thanks", NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
290 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, width - 80, 1); |
1526 | 291 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < NUM_THANKS; i++) |
292 { | |
293 nk_label(context, thanks[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); | |
294 } | |
295 nk_group_end(context); | |
296 } | |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
297 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width/3, 1); |
1526 | 298 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
299 pop_view(); | |
300 } | |
301 nk_end(context); | |
302 } | |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
303 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 typedef struct { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 const char *title; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 view_fun next_view; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 } menu_item; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309 |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
310 static save_slot_info *slots; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
311 static uint32_t num_slots, selected_slot; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
312 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
313 void view_choose_state(struct nk_context *context, uint8_t is_load) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
314 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
315 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
316 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
317 if (nk_begin(context, "Slot Picker", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
318 nk_layout_row_static(context, height - context->style.font->height * 3, width - 60, 1); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
319 if (nk_group_begin(context, "Select Save Slot", NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
320 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height - 2, width-100, 1); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
321 if (!slots) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
322 slots = get_slot_info(current_system, &num_slots); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
323 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
324 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_slots; i++) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
325 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
326 int selected = i == selected_slot; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
327 nk_selectable_label(context, slots[i].desc, NK_TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, &selected); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
328 if (selected && (slots[i].modification_time || !is_load)) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
329 selected_slot = i; |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
330 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
331 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
332 nk_group_end(context); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
333 } |
1579
f66290afae65
Add some basic scaling to rest of UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1578
diff
changeset
|
334 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.75, width > 600 ? 300 : width / 2, 2); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
335 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
336 pop_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
337 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
338 if (is_load) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
339 if (nk_button_label(context, "Load")) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
340 current_system->load_state(current_system, selected_slot); |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
341 show_play_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
342 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
343 } else { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
344 if (nk_button_label(context, "Save")) { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
345 current_system->save_state = selected_slot + 1; |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
346 show_play_view(); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
347 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
348 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
349 nk_end(context); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
350 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
351 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
352 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
353 void view_save_state(struct nk_context *context) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
354 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
355 view_choose_state(context, 0); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
356 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
357 |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
358 void view_load_state(struct nk_context *context) |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
359 { |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
360 view_choose_state(context, 1); |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
361 } |
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
362 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
363 typedef void (*menu_handler)(uint32_t index); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
364 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
365 static void menu(struct nk_context *context, uint32_t num_entries, const menu_item *items, menu_handler handler) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 { |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
367 const uint32_t button_height = context->style.font->height * 1.75; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
368 const uint32_t ideal_button_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369 const uint32_t button_space = 6; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
370 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 uint32_t top = height/2 - (button_height * num_entries)/2; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 uint32_t button_width = width > ideal_button_width ? ideal_button_width : width; |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375 uint32_t left = width/2 - button_width/2; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
376 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, top + button_height * num_entries, num_entries); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top + i * button_height, button_width, button_height-button_space)); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 if (nk_button_label(context, items[i].title)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
382 if (items[i].next_view) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
383 push_view(items[i].next_view); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
384 if (current_view == view_save_state || current_view == view_load_state) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
385 free_slot_info(slots); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
386 slots = NULL; |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
387 } else if (current_view == view_play) { |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
388 clear_view_stack(); |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
389 set_content_binding_state(1); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
390 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
391 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
392 handler(i); |
1478
da1dce39e846
Refactored save slot related logic to reduce duplication and allow reuse in new UI. Get state loading/saving mostly working in new UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1477
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
399 void binding_loop(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
400 { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
401 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
402 return; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
403 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
404 tern_node **binding_lookup = data; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
405 *binding_lookup = tern_insert_ptr(*binding_lookup, val.ptrval, strdup(key)); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
406 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
407 |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
408 static int32_t keycode; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
409 static const char *set_binding; |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
410 static uint8_t bind_click_release, click; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
411 char *set_label; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
412 void binding_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, const char **binds, const char **bind_names, uint32_t num_binds, tern_node *binding_lookup) |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
413 { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
414 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 4)*num_binds+context->style.font->height+30, render_width() - 80, 1); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
415 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
416 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width()/2 - 80, 2); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
417 |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
418 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
419 { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
420 char *label_alloc = bind_names ? NULL : path_extension(binds[i]); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
421 const char *label = label_alloc; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
422 if (!label) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
423 label = bind_names ? bind_names[i] : binds[i]; |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
424 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
425 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
426 if (nk_button_label(context, tern_find_ptr_default(binding_lookup, binds[i], "Not Set"))) { |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
427 set_binding = binds[i]; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
428 set_label = strdup(label); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
429 bind_click_release = 0; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
430 keycode = 0; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
431 } |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
432 if (label_alloc) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
433 free(label_alloc); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
434 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
435 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
436 nk_group_end(context); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
437 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
438 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
439 |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
440 static char *get_key_name(int32_t keycode) |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
441 { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
442 char *name = NULL; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
443 if (keycode > ' ' && keycode < 0x80) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
444 //key corresponds to a printable non-whitespace character |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
445 name = malloc(2); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
446 name[0] = keycode; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
447 name[1] = 0; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
448 } else { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
449 switch (keycode) |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
450 { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
451 case RENDERKEY_UP: name = "up"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
452 case RENDERKEY_DOWN: name = "down"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
453 case RENDERKEY_LEFT: name = "left"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
454 case RENDERKEY_RIGHT: name = "right"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
455 case '\r': name = "enter"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
456 case ' ': name = "space"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
457 case '\t': name = "tab"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
458 case '\b': name = "backspace"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
459 case RENDERKEY_ESC: name = "esc"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
460 case RENDERKEY_DEL: name = "delete"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
461 case RENDERKEY_LSHIFT: name = "lshift"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
462 case RENDERKEY_RSHIFT: name = "rshift"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
463 case RENDERKEY_LCTRL: name = "lctrl"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
464 case RENDERKEY_RCTRL: name = "rctrl"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
465 case RENDERKEY_LALT: name = "lalt"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
466 case RENDERKEY_RALT: name = "ralt"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
467 case RENDERKEY_HOME: name = "home"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
468 case RENDERKEY_END: name = "end"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
469 case RENDERKEY_PAGEUP: name = "pageup"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
470 case RENDERKEY_PAGEDOWN: name = "pagedown"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
471 case RENDERKEY_F1: name = "f1"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
472 case RENDERKEY_F2: name = "f2"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
473 case RENDERKEY_F3: name = "f3"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
474 case RENDERKEY_F4: name = "f4"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
475 case RENDERKEY_F5: name = "f5"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
476 case RENDERKEY_F6: name = "f6"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
477 case RENDERKEY_F7: name = "f7"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
478 case RENDERKEY_F8: name = "f8"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
479 case RENDERKEY_F9: name = "f9"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
480 case RENDERKEY_F10: name = "f10"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
481 case RENDERKEY_F11: name = "f11"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
482 case RENDERKEY_F12: name = "f12"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
483 case RENDERKEY_SELECT: name = "select"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
484 case RENDERKEY_PLAY: name = "play"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
485 case RENDERKEY_SEARCH: name = "search"; break; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
486 case RENDERKEY_BACK: name = "back"; break; |
1549
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
487 case RENDERKEY_NP0: name = "np0"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
488 case RENDERKEY_NP1: name = "np1"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
489 case RENDERKEY_NP2: name = "np2"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
490 case RENDERKEY_NP3: name = "np3"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
491 case RENDERKEY_NP4: name = "np4"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
492 case RENDERKEY_NP5: name = "np5"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
493 case RENDERKEY_NP6: name = "np6"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
494 case RENDERKEY_NP7: name = "np7"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
495 case RENDERKEY_NP8: name = "np8"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
496 case RENDERKEY_NP9: name = "np9"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
497 case RENDERKEY_NP_DIV: name = "np/"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
498 case RENDERKEY_NP_MUL: name = "np*"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
499 case RENDERKEY_NP_MIN: name = "np-"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
500 case RENDERKEY_NP_PLUS: name = "np+"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
501 case RENDERKEY_NP_ENTER: name = "npenter"; break; |
577253765192
Allow numpad keys to be mapped
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1545
diff
changeset
|
502 case RENDERKEY_NP_STOP: name = "np."; break; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
503 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
504 if (name) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
505 name = strdup(name); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
506 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
507 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
508 return name; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
509 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
510 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
511 void view_key_bindings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
512 { |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
513 static const char *controller1_binds[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
514 "gamepads.1.up", "gamepads.1.down", "gamepads.1.left", "gamepads.1.right", |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
515 "gamepads.1.a", "gamepads.1.b", "gamepads.1.c", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
516 "gamepads.1.x", "gamepads.1.y", "gamepads.1.z", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
517 "gamepads.1.start", "gamepads.1.mode" |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
518 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
519 static const char *controller2_binds[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
520 "gamepads.2.up", "gamepads.2.down", "gamepads.2.left", "gamepads.2.right", |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
521 "gamepads.2.a", "gamepads.2.b", "gamepads.2.c", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
522 "gamepads.2.x", "gamepads.2.y", "gamepads.2.z", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
523 "gamepads.2.start", "gamepads.2.mode" |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
524 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
525 static const char *general_binds[] = { |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
526 "ui.menu", "ui.save_state", "ui.load_state", "ui.toggle_fullscreen", "ui.soft_reset", "ui.reload", |
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
527 "ui.screenshot", "ui.vgm_log", "ui.sms_pause", "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured", "ui.release_mouse", "ui.exit" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
528 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
529 static const char *general_names[] = { |
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
530 "Show Menu", "Quick Save", "Quick Load", "Toggle Fullscreen", "Soft Reset", "Reload Media", |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
531 "Internal Screenshot", "Toggle VGM Log", "SMS Pause", "Capture Keyboard", "Release Mouse", "Exit" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
532 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
533 static const char *speed_binds[] = { |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
534 "ui.next_speed", "ui.prev_speed", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
535 "ui.set_speed.0", "ui.set_speed.1", "ui.set_speed.2" ,"ui.set_speed.3", "ui.set_speed.4", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
536 "ui.set_speed.5", "ui.set_speed.6", "ui.set_speed.7" ,"ui.set_speed.8", "ui.set_speed.9", |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
537 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
538 static const char *speed_names[] = { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
539 "Next", "Previous", |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
540 "Default Speed", "Set Speed 1", "Set Speed 2", "Set Speed 3", "Set Speed 4", |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
541 "Set Speed 5", "Set Speed 6", "Set Speed 7", "Set Speed 8", "Set Speed 9" |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
542 }; |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
543 static const char *debug_binds[] = { |
1660
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
544 "ui.enter_debugger", "ui.plane_debug", "ui.vram_debug", "ui.cram_debug", |
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
545 "ui.compositing_debug", "ui.vdp_debug_mode" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
546 }; |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
547 const char *debug_names[] = { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
548 "CPU Debugger", "Plane Debugger", "VRAM Debugger", "CRAM Debugger", |
1660
c6cc2dae262f
Updated binding UI to reflect new VDP debug options
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1658
diff
changeset
|
549 "Layer Debugger", "Cycle Mode/Pal" |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
550 }; |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
551 const uint32_t NUM_C1_BINDS = sizeof(controller1_binds)/sizeof(*controller1_binds); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
552 const uint32_t NUM_C2_BINDS = sizeof(controller2_binds)/sizeof(*controller2_binds); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
553 const uint32_t NUM_SPEED_BINDS = sizeof(speed_binds)/sizeof(*speed_binds); |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
554 const uint32_t NUM_GEN_BINDS = sizeof(general_binds)/sizeof(*general_binds); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
555 const uint32_t NUM_DBG_BINDS = sizeof(debug_binds)/sizeof(*debug_binds); |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
556 static tern_node *binding_lookup; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
557 if (!binding_lookup) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
558 tern_node *bindings = tern_find_path(config, "bindings\0keys\0", TVAL_NODE).ptrval; |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
559 if (bindings) { |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
560 tern_foreach(bindings, binding_loop, &binding_lookup); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
561 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
562 } |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
563 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
564 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
565 if (nk_begin(context, "Keyboard Bindings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
566 binding_group(context, "Controller 1", controller1_binds, NULL, NUM_C1_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
567 binding_group(context, "Controller 2", controller2_binds, NULL, NUM_C2_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
568 binding_group(context, "General", general_binds, general_names, NUM_GEN_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
569 binding_group(context, "Speed Control", speed_binds, speed_names, NUM_SPEED_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
570 binding_group(context, "Debug", debug_binds, debug_names, NUM_DBG_BINDS, binding_lookup); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
571 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.1333, (render_width() - 80) / 2, 1); |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
572 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
573 pop_view(); |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
574 } |
1520
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
575 nk_end(context); |
cb3c6395b28c
Initial work on keyboard binding settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1501
diff
changeset
|
576 } |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
577 if (set_binding && nk_begin(context, "Set Binding", nk_rect(width/4, height/4, width/2/*width*3/4*/, height/2), NK_WINDOW_TITLE | NK_WINDOW_BORDER)) { |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
578 nk_layout_row_static(context, 30, width/2-30, 1); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
579 nk_label(context, "Press new key for", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
580 nk_label(context, set_label, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
581 if (nk_button_label(context, "Cancel") && bind_click_release) { |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
582 free(set_label); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
583 set_binding = set_label = NULL; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
584 } else if (keycode) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
585 char *name = get_key_name(keycode); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
586 if (name) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
587 uint32_t prefix_len = strlen("bindings") + strlen("keys") + 2; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
588 char * old = tern_find_ptr(binding_lookup, set_binding); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
589 if (old) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
590 uint32_t suffix_len = strlen(old) + 1; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
591 char *old_path = malloc(prefix_len + suffix_len + 1); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
592 memcpy(old_path, "bindings\0keys\0", prefix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
593 memcpy(old_path + prefix_len, old, suffix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
594 old_path[prefix_len + suffix_len] = 0; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
595 tern_val old_val; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
596 if (tern_delete_path(&config, old_path, &old_val) == TVAL_PTR) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
597 free(old_val.ptrval); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
598 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
599 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
600 uint32_t suffix_len = strlen(name) + 1; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
601 char *path = malloc(prefix_len + suffix_len + 1); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
602 memcpy(path, "bindings\0keys\0", prefix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
603 memcpy(path + prefix_len, name, suffix_len); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
604 path[prefix_len + suffix_len] = 0; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
605 |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
606 config_dirty = 1; |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
607 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(set_binding)}, TVAL_PTR); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
608 free(path); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
609 free(name); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
610 tern_free(binding_lookup); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
611 binding_lookup = NULL; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
612 } |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
613 free(set_label); |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
614 set_binding = set_label = NULL; |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
615 } else if (!click) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
616 bind_click_release = 1; |
1521
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
617 } |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
618 nk_end(context); |
a51721408c15
More fleshed out keyboard bindings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1520
diff
changeset
|
619 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
620 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
621 |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
622 static int selected_controller; |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
623 static controller_info selected_controller_info; |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
624 //#define MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH 140 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
625 #define MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH 350 |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
626 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
627 #define AXIS 0x40000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
628 #define STICKDIR 0x30000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
629 #define LEFTSTICK 0x10000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
630 #define RIGHTSTICK 0x20000000 |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
631 enum { |
2310
b0ec82a59472
Fix analog stick directions being messed up in controller binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2308
diff
changeset
|
632 DOWN, UP,RIGHT,LEFT,NUM_AXIS_DIRS |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
633 }; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
634 |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
635 static char * config_ps_names[] = { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
636 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A] = "cross", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
637 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B] = "circle", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
638 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X] = "square", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
639 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y] = "triangle", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
640 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK] = "share", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
641 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START] = "options", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
642 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER] = "l1", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
643 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER] = "r1", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
644 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK] = "l3", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
645 [SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK] = "r3", |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
646 }; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
647 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
648 typedef struct { |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
649 const char *button_binds[SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
650 const char *left_stick[NUM_AXIS_DIRS]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
651 const char *right_stick[NUM_AXIS_DIRS]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
652 const char *triggers[2]; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
653 } pad_bind_config; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
654 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
655 static const char **current_bind_dest; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
656 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
657 const char *translate_binding_option(const char *option) |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
658 { |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
659 static tern_node *conf_names; |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
660 if (!conf_names) { |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
661 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.up", "Pad Up"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
662 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.down", "Pad Down"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
663 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.left", "Pad Left"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
664 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.right", "Pad Right"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
665 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.a", "Pad A"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
666 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.b", "Pad B"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
667 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.c", "Pad C"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
668 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.x", "Pad X"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
669 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.y", "Pad Y"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
670 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.z", "Pad Z"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
671 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.start", "Pad Start"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
672 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "gamepads.n.mode", "Pad Mode"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
673 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.release_mouse", "Release Mouse"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
674 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vdp_debug_mode", "VDP Debug Mode"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
675 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vdp_debug_pal", "VDP Debug Palette"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
676 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.enter_debugger", "Enter CPU Debugger"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
677 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.screenshot", "Take Screenshot"); |
1910
ee178f08611b
Expose vgm toggle keybind in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1900
diff
changeset
|
678 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.vgm_log", "Toggle VGM Log"); |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
679 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.menu", "Show Menu"); |
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
680 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.exit", "Exit"); |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
681 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.save_state", "Quick Save"); |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
682 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.load_state", "Quick Load"); |
1625
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
683 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.0", "Set Speed 0"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
684 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.1", "Set Speed 1"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
685 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.2", "Set Speed 2"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
686 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.3", "Set Speed 3"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
687 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.4", "Set Speed 4"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
688 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.5", "Set Speed 5"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
689 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.6", "Set Speed 6"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
690 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.7", "Set Speed 7"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
691 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.8", "Set Speed 8"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
692 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.set_speed.9", "Set Speed 9"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
693 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.next_speed", "Next Speed"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
694 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.prev_speed", "Prev. Speed"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
695 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.toggle_fullscreen", "Toggle Fullscreen"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
696 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.soft_reset", "Soft Reset"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
697 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.reload", "Reload ROM"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
698 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.sms_pause", "SMS Pause"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
699 conf_names = tern_insert_ptr(conf_names, "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured", "Toggle Keyboard Capture"); |
6130e1e72151
Show user friendly names for binding options in controller bind config
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1624
diff
changeset
|
700 } |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
701 return tern_find_ptr_default(conf_names, option, (void *)option); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
702 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
703 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
704 static uint8_t controller_binding_changed; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
705 static void bind_option_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, const char **options, uint32_t num_options) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
706 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
707 float margin = context->style.font->height * 2; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
708 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 3) * ((num_options + 2) / 3) + context->style.font->height*2.1, render_width() - margin, 1); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
709 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE|NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
710 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - margin - context->style.font->height) / 3, 3); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
711 for (int i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
712 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
713 if (nk_button_label(context, translate_binding_option(options[i]))) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
714 *current_bind_dest = options[i]; |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
715 controller_binding_changed = 1; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
716 pop_view(); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
717 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
718 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
719 nk_group_end(context); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
720 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
721 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
722 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
723 static void view_button_binding(struct nk_context *context) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
724 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
725 static const char *pad_opts[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
726 "gamepads.n.up", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
727 "gamepads.n.down", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
728 "gamepads.n.left", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
729 "gamepads.n.right", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
730 "gamepads.n.a", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
731 "gamepads.n.b", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
732 "gamepads.n.c", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
733 "gamepads.n.x", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
734 "gamepads.n.y", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
735 "gamepads.n.z", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
736 "gamepads.n.start", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
737 "gamepads.n.mode" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
738 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
739 static const char *system_buttons[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
740 "ui.soft_reset", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
741 "ui.reload", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
742 "ui.sms_pause" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
743 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
744 static const char *emu_control[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
745 "ui.save_state", |
2162
1270fe86eb89
Add Quick Load binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2156
diff
changeset
|
746 "ui.load_state", |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
747 "ui.menu", |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
748 "ui.toggle_fullscreen", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
749 "ui.screenshot", |
2306
62f316b76e9a
Migrate ui.exit to ui.menu and create a new ui.exit for quitting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2299
diff
changeset
|
750 "ui.exit", |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
751 "ui.release_mouse", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
752 "ui.toggle_keyboard_captured" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
753 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
754 static const char *debugger[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
755 "ui.vdp_debug_mode", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
756 "ui.vdp_debug_pal", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
757 "ui.enter_debugger" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
758 }; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
759 static const char *speeds[] = { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
760 "ui.next_speed", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
761 "ui.prev_speed", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
762 "ui.set_speed.0", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
763 "ui.set_speed.1", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
764 "ui.set_speed.2", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
765 "ui.set_speed.3", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
766 "ui.set_speed.4", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
767 "ui.set_speed.5", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
768 "ui.set_speed.6", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
769 "ui.set_speed.7", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
770 "ui.set_speed.8", |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
771 "ui.set_speed.9" |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
772 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
773 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
774 if (nk_begin(context, "Button Binding", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
775 bind_option_group(context, "Controller Buttons", pad_opts, sizeof(pad_opts)/sizeof(*pad_opts)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
776 bind_option_group(context, "System Buttons", system_buttons, sizeof(system_buttons)/sizeof(*system_buttons)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
777 bind_option_group(context, "Emulator Control", emu_control, sizeof(emu_control)/sizeof(*emu_control)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
778 bind_option_group(context, "Debugging", debugger, sizeof(debugger)/sizeof(*debugger)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
779 bind_option_group(context, "Speed Control", speeds, sizeof(speeds)/sizeof(*speeds)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
780 |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
781 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 80)/4, 2); |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
782 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
783 pop_view(); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
784 } |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
785 if (nk_button_label(context, "Clear")) { |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
786 *current_bind_dest = NULL; |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
787 controller_binding_changed = 1; |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
788 pop_view(); |
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
789 } |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
790 nk_end(context); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
791 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
792 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
793 |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
794 static void binding_box(struct nk_context *context, pad_bind_config *bindings, char *name, float x, float y, float width, int num_binds, int *binds) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
795 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
796 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
797 float row_height = font->height * 2; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
798 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
799 char const **labels = calloc(sizeof(char *), num_binds); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
800 char const ***conf_vals = calloc(sizeof(char *), num_binds); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
801 float max_width = 0.0f; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
802 |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
803 int skipped = 0; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
804 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
805 { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
806 if (binds[i] & AXIS) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
807 labels[i] = get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, binds[i] & ~AXIS); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
808 conf_vals[i] = &bindings->triggers[(binds[i] & ~AXIS) - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
809 } else if (binds[i] & STICKDIR) { |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
810 static char const * dirs[] = {"Down", "Up", "Right", "Left"}; |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
811 labels[i] = dirs[binds[i] & 3]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
812 conf_vals[i] = &(binds[i] & LEFTSTICK ? bindings->left_stick : bindings->right_stick)[binds[i] & 3]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
813 } else { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
814 labels[i] = get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, binds[i]); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
815 conf_vals[i] = &bindings->button_binds[binds[i]]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
816 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
817 if (!labels[i]) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
818 skipped++; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
819 continue; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
820 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
821 float lb_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, labels[i], strlen(labels[i])); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
822 max_width = max_width < lb_width ? lb_width : max_width; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
823 } |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
824 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(x, y, width, (num_binds - skipped) * (row_height + 4) + 4)); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
825 nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_BORDER | NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
826 |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
827 float widths[] = {max_width + 3, width - (max_width + 6)}; |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
828 nk_layout_row(context, NK_STATIC, row_height, 2, widths); |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
829 for (int i = 0; i < num_binds; i++) |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
830 { |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
831 if (!labels[i]) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
832 continue; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
833 } |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
834 nk_label(context, labels[i], NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1626
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
835 const char *name = *conf_vals[i] ? translate_binding_option(*conf_vals[i]) : "None"; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
836 if (nk_button_label(context, name)) { |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
837 current_bind_dest = conf_vals[i]; |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
838 push_view(view_button_binding); |
2c3536082c0f
Add new view for selecting a new binding for a gamepad button
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1625
diff
changeset
|
839 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
840 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
841 free(labels); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
842 free(conf_vals); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
843 nk_group_end(context); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
844 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
845 |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
846 static void button_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
847 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
848 pad_bind_config *bindings = data; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
849 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
850 return; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
851 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
852 int button = render_lookup_button(key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
853 if (button != SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
854 bindings->button_binds[button] = val.ptrval; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
855 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
856 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
857 |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
858 static void axis_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
859 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
860 pad_bind_config *bindings = data; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
861 if (valtype != TVAL_PTR) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
862 return; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
863 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
864 int axis; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
865 uint8_t is_negative = 0; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
866 char *period = strchr(key, '.'); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
867 if (period) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
868 char *tmp = malloc(period-key + 1); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
869 memcpy(tmp, key, period-key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
870 tmp[period-key] = 0; |
1624
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
871 axis = render_lookup_axis(tmp); |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
872 free(tmp); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
873 is_negative = strcmp(period+1, "negative") == 0; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
874 } else { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
875 axis = render_lookup_axis(key); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
876 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
877 switch (axis) |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
878 { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
879 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
880 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY: |
2311
07aeea6cb068
Fix analog stick UI for real. Allow clearing a controller binding
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
881 bindings->left_stick[(SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY - axis) * 2 + is_negative] = val.ptrval; |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
882 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
883 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
884 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY: |
2313
ef5dc4d02d27
Fix goof in right analog stick mapping UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2312
diff
changeset
|
885 bindings->right_stick[(SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY - axis) * 2 + is_negative] = val.ptrval; |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
886 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
887 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
888 case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT: |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
889 bindings->triggers[axis-SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT] = val.ptrval; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
890 break; |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
891 } |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
892 } |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
893 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
894 enum { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
895 SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
896 IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
897 BY_INDEX, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
898 DEFAULT, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
899 NUM_DEST_TYPES |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
900 }; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
901 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
902 //it would be cleaner to generate this algorithmically for 4th and up, |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
903 //but BlastEm only supports 8 controllers currently so it's not worth the effort |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
904 static const char *by_index_names[] = { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
905 "Use for 1st controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
906 "Use for 2nd controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
907 "Use for 3rd controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
908 "Use for 4th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
909 "Use for 5th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
910 "Use for 6th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
911 "Use for 7th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
912 "Use for 8th controller", |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
913 }; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
914 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
915 static void save_stick_binds(char *axes_key, size_t axes_key_size, const char **bindings, char *prefix) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
916 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
917 for (int i = 0; i < NUM_AXIS_DIRS; i++) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
918 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
919 char axis = (i / 2) ? 'x' : 'y'; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
920 char *suffix = (i % 2) ? ".negative" : ".positive"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
921 size_t prefix_len = strlen(prefix), suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
922 size_t full_key_size = axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1 + suffix_len + 2; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
923 char *full_key = malloc(full_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
924 memcpy(full_key, axes_key, axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
925 memcpy(full_key + axes_key_size, prefix, prefix_len); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
926 full_key[axes_key_size+prefix_len] = axis; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
927 memcpy(full_key + axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1, suffix, suffix_len +1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
928 full_key[axes_key_size + prefix_len + 1 + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
929 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
930 if (bindings[i]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
931 tern_insert_path(config, full_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings[i])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
932 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
933 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
934 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, full_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
935 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
936 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
937 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
938 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
939 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
940 free(full_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
941 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
942 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
943 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
944 static pad_bind_config *bindings; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
945 static void handle_dest_clicked(uint32_t dest) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
946 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
947 char key_buf[12]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
948 char *key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
949 switch (dest) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
950 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
951 case SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
952 key = make_controller_type_key(&selected_controller_info); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
953 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
954 case IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
955 key = render_joystick_type_id(selected_controller); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
956 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
957 case BY_INDEX: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
958 snprintf(key_buf, sizeof(key_buf), "%d", selected_controller); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
959 key = key_buf; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
960 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
961 default: |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
962 key = "default"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
963 break; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
964 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
965 static const char base_path[] = "bindings\0pads"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
966 size_t pad_key_size = sizeof(base_path) + strlen(key) + 1; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
967 char *pad_key = malloc(pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
968 memcpy(pad_key, base_path, sizeof(base_path)); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
969 strcpy(pad_key + sizeof(base_path), key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
970 static const char dpad_base[] = "dpads\0""0"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
971 size_t dpad_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(dpad_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
972 char *dpad_key = malloc(dpad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
973 memcpy(dpad_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
974 memcpy(dpad_key + pad_key_size, dpad_base, sizeof(dpad_base)); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
975 static const char button_base[] = "buttons"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
976 size_t button_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(button_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
977 char *button_key = malloc(button_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
978 memcpy(button_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
979 memcpy(button_key + pad_key_size, button_base, sizeof(button_base)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
980 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
981 char *final_key; |
2307
a8080240cb92
Fix silly bug I introduced when trying to fix the problem from the SDL2 upgrade
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2306
diff
changeset
|
982 for (int i = 0; i < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX; i++) |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
983 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
984 char *base; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
985 const char *suffix; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
986 size_t base_key_len; |
2299
a1c9edf44c7e
Fix a place I missed a problem from the SDL2 upgrade
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
987 if ( i < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP || i > SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
988 suffix = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(i); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
989 base_key_len = button_key_size; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
990 base = button_key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
991 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
992 static const char *dir_keys[] = {"up", "down", "left", "right"}; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
993 suffix = dir_keys[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
994 base = dpad_key; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
995 base_key_len = dpad_key_size; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
996 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
997 size_t suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
998 final_key = malloc(base_key_len + suffix_len + 2); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
999 memcpy(final_key, base, base_key_len); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1000 memcpy(final_key + base_key_len, suffix, suffix_len + 1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1001 final_key[base_key_len + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1002 if (bindings->button_binds[i]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1003 tern_insert_path(config, final_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings->button_binds[i])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1004 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1005 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1006 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, final_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1007 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1008 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1009 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1010 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1011 free(final_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1012 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1013 free(button_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1014 free(dpad_key); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1015 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1016 static const char axes_base[] = "axes"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1017 size_t axes_key_size = pad_key_size + sizeof(axes_base); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1018 char *axes_key = malloc(axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1019 memcpy(axes_key, pad_key, pad_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1020 memcpy(axes_key + pad_key_size, axes_base, sizeof(axes_base)); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1021 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1022 save_stick_binds(axes_key, axes_key_size,bindings->left_stick, "left"); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1023 save_stick_binds(axes_key, axes_key_size,bindings->right_stick, "right"); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1024 for (int i = SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT; i < SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX; i++) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1025 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1026 const char *suffix = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(i); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1027 size_t suffix_len = strlen(suffix); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1028 final_key = malloc(axes_key_size + suffix_len + 2); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1029 memcpy(final_key, axes_key, axes_key_size); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1030 memcpy(final_key + axes_key_size, suffix, suffix_len + 1); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1031 final_key[axes_key_size + suffix_len + 1] = 0; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1032 if (bindings->triggers[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT]) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1033 tern_insert_path(config, final_key, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(bindings->triggers[i - SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT])}, TVAL_PTR); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1034 } else { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1035 tern_val prev_val; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1036 uint8_t prev_type = tern_delete_path(&config, final_key, &prev_val); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1037 if (prev_type == TVAL_PTR) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1038 free(prev_val.ptrval); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1039 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1040 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1041 free(final_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1042 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1043 free(axes_key); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1044 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1045 free(pad_key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1046 if (dest == SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1047 free(key); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1048 } |
2312
3f2ecd156453
Fix use after free when re-entering controller binding UI after saving bindings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1049 free(bindings); |
3f2ecd156453
Fix use after free when re-entering controller binding UI after saving bindings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1050 bindings = NULL; |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1051 pop_view(); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1052 config_dirty = 1; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1053 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1054 |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1055 void view_select_binding_dest(struct nk_context *context) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1056 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1057 static menu_item options[NUM_DEST_TYPES]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1058 options[IDENTICAL_CONTROLLERS].title = "Use for identical controllers"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1059 options[DEFAULT].title = "Use as default"; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1060 options[BY_INDEX].title = by_index_names[selected_controller]; |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1061 options[SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS].title = make_human_readable_type_name(&selected_controller_info); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1062 |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1063 if (nk_begin(context, "Select Binding Dest", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1064 menu(context, NUM_DEST_TYPES, options, handle_dest_clicked); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1065 nk_end(context); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1066 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1067 free((char *)options[SIMILAR_CONTROLLERS].title); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1068 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1069 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1070 static ui_image *select_best_image(controller_info *info) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1071 { |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1072 if (info->variant != VARIANT_NORMAL || info->type == TYPE_SEGA) { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1073 if (info->type == TYPE_PSX) { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1074 return controller_ps4_6b; |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1075 } else { |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1076 return controller_gen_6b; |
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
1077 } |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1078 } else if (info->type == TYPE_PSX) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1079 return controller_ps4; |
2003
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
1080 } else if (info->type == TYPE_NINTENDO) { |
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
1081 return controller_wiiu; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1082 } else { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1083 return controller_360; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1084 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1085 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1086 |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1087 void view_controller_bindings(struct nk_context *context) |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
1088 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1089 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Bindings", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1090 if (!bindings) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1091 bindings = calloc(1, sizeof(*bindings)); |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1092 tern_node *pad = get_binding_node_for_pad(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1093 if (pad) { |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1094 tern_foreach(tern_find_node(pad, "buttons"), button_iter, bindings); |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1095 tern_foreach(tern_find_node(pad, "axes"), axis_iter, bindings); |
1624
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1096 tern_node *dpad = tern_find_path(pad, "dpads\0" "0\0", TVAL_NODE).ptrval; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1097 const char *dir_keys[] = {"up", "down", "right", "left"}; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1098 const int button_idx[] = {SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT}; |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1099 for (int i = 0; i < NUM_AXIS_DIRS; i++) |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1100 { |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1101 bindings->button_binds[button_idx[i]] = tern_find_ptr(dpad, dir_keys[i]); |
7bbe0bfedb58
Handle looking up dpad config in binding UI. Fix left/right stick config display in binding UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
1102 } |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1103 } |
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1104 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1105 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1106 float orig_height = def_font->handle.height; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1107 def_font->handle.height *= 0.5f; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1108 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1109 uint32_t avail_height = render_height() - 2 * orig_height; |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1110 float desired_width = render_width() * 0.5f, desired_height = avail_height * 0.5f; |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1111 ui_image *controller_image = select_best_image(&selected_controller_info); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1112 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1113 float controller_ratio = (float)controller_image->width / (float)controller_image->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1114 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1115 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1116 int MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Right", strlen("Right")) |
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1117 + def_font->handle.width(font->userdata, font->height, "Internal Screenshot", strlen("Internal Screenshot")); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1118 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1119 if (render_width() - desired_width < 2.5f*MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1120 desired_width = render_width() - 2.5f*MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1121 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1123 if (desired_width / desired_height > controller_ratio) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1124 desired_width = desired_height * controller_ratio; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1125 } else { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1126 desired_height = desired_width / controller_ratio; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1127 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1128 float img_left = render_width() / 2.0f - desired_width / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1129 float img_top = avail_height / 2.0f - desired_height / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1130 float img_right = img_left + desired_width; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1131 float img_bot = img_top + desired_height; |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1132 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, avail_height, INT_MAX); |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1133 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(img_left, img_top, desired_width, desired_height)); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1134 nk_image(context, controller_image->ui); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1135 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1136 float bind_box_width = (render_width() - img_right) * 0.8f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1137 if (bind_box_width < MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1138 bind_box_width = render_width() - img_right; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1139 if (bind_box_width > MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1140 bind_box_width = MIN_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1141 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1142 } else if (bind_box_width > MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1143 bind_box_width = MAX_BIND_BOX_WIDTH; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1144 } |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1145 float bind_box_left; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1146 if (bind_box_width >= (render_width() - img_right)) { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1147 bind_box_left = img_right; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1148 } else { |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1149 bind_box_left = img_right + (render_width() - img_right) / 2.0f - bind_box_width / 2.0f; |
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1150 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1151 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1152 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1153 binding_box(context, bindings, "Action Buttons", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 4, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1154 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1155 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1156 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1157 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1158 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1159 } else { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1160 binding_box(context, bindings, "Action Buttons", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 6, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1161 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1162 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1163 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT : SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1164 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1165 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1166 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER : SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1167 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1168 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1169 |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1170 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1171 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 2, (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1172 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1173 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1174 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1175 } else { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1176 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, |
2219
ff700f50541c
Fix duplicated right trigger mapping button in bindings for 8-button Genesis style controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2202
diff
changeset
|
1177 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? 2 : 1, |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1178 (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1179 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER : AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1180 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1181 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1182 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1183 |
1623
18a946ec74c8
Pull current controller config in binding UI from whatever the actual binding code would end up using
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1609
diff
changeset
|
1184 binding_box(context, bindings, "Misc Buttons", (render_width() - bind_box_width) / 2, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 3, (int[]){ |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1185 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1186 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1187 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1188 }); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1189 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1190 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1191 { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1192 binding_box(context, bindings, "Right Stick", img_right - desired_width/3, img_bot, bind_box_width, 5, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1193 RIGHTSTICK | UP, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1194 RIGHTSTICK | DOWN, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1195 RIGHTSTICK | LEFT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1196 RIGHTSTICK | RIGHT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1197 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1198 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1199 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1200 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1201 bind_box_left -= img_right; |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1202 float dpad_left, dpad_top; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1203 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1204 { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1205 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Stick", bind_box_left, img_top, bind_box_width, 5, (int[]){ |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1206 LEFTSTICK | UP, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1207 LEFTSTICK | DOWN, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1208 LEFTSTICK | LEFT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1209 LEFTSTICK | RIGHT, |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1210 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1211 }); |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1212 dpad_left = img_left - desired_width/6; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1213 dpad_top = img_bot + font->height * 1.5; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1214 } else { |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1215 dpad_left = bind_box_left; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1216 dpad_top = img_top; |
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1217 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1218 |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1219 if (selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_NORMAL) { |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1220 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, 2, (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1221 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1222 AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1223 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1224 } else { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1225 binding_box(context, bindings, "Left Shoulder", bind_box_left, font->height/2, bind_box_width, |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1226 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS ? 1 : 2, |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1227 (int[]){ |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1228 selected_controller_info.variant == VARIANT_6B_RIGHT ? SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK : AXIS | SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT, |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1229 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1230 }); |
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1231 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1232 |
1647
5a662692c215
Update binding UI for non-standard controller layouts
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1646
diff
changeset
|
1233 binding_box(context, bindings, "D-pad", dpad_left, dpad_top, bind_box_width, 4, (int[]){ |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1234 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1235 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1236 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT, |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1237 SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT |
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1238 }); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1239 |
1571
3def7b216a5b
WIP controller binding view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1570
diff
changeset
|
1240 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1241 |
1572
5efeca06d942
Scale UI font size based on window size and start basing widget sizes based on font size
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1571
diff
changeset
|
1242 def_font->handle.height = orig_height; |
1598
5e2af89c3467
Made controller binding page more resolution independent. Added binding boxes for all buttons/axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1596
diff
changeset
|
1243 nk_layout_row_static(context, orig_height + 4, (render_width() - 2*orig_height) / 4, 1); |
1816
1db1510c7506
Fix bumper/trigger binding boxes for "normal" style conntrollers. Change label of "Back" button to "Save" when there are unsaved changes in controller binding
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1815
diff
changeset
|
1244 if (nk_button_label(context, controller_binding_changed ? "Save" : "Back")) { |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1245 pop_view(); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1246 if (controller_binding_changed) { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1247 push_view(view_select_binding_dest); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1248 } |
1545
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1249 } |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1250 nk_end(context); |
3faf917bab56
Add back button to Key binding view and add a window and back button to empty controller view so you can always get back to the main menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1527
diff
changeset
|
1251 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
1252 } |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1253 |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1254 static int current_button; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1255 static int current_axis; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1256 static int button_pressed, last_button; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1257 static int hat_moved, hat_value, last_hat, last_hat_value; |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1258 static int axis_moved, axis_value, last_axis, last_axis_value; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1259 static char *mapping_string; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1260 static size_t mapping_pos; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1261 |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1262 static void start_mapping(void) |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1263 { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1264 const char *name; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1265 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = ','; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1266 if (current_button != SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1267 name = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(current_button); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1268 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1269 name = SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(current_axis); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1270 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1271 size_t namesz = strlen(name); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1272 memcpy(mapping_string + mapping_pos, name, namesz); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1273 mapping_pos += namesz; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1274 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = ':'; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1275 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1276 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1277 static uint8_t initial_controller_config; |
1605
f7b1d983d5c0
Bump up pause between mapping inputs
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1604
diff
changeset
|
1278 #define QUIET_FRAMES 9 |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1279 static void view_controller_mappings(struct nk_context *context) |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1280 { |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1281 char buffer[512]; |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1282 static int quiet, button_a = -1, button_a_axis = -1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1283 uint8_t added_mapping = 0; |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1284 if (nk_begin(context, "Controllers", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1285 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1286 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, render_height() - context->style.font->height, 3); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1287 |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1288 if (current_button < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1289 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Press Button %s", get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, current_button)); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1290 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1291 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Move Axis %s", get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1292 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1293 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1294 float height = context->style.font->height * 1.25; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1295 float top = render_height()/2 - 1.5 * height; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1296 float width = render_width() - context->style.font->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1297 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1298 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top, width, height)); |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1299 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1300 if (current_button > SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1301 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top + height, width, height)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1302 nk_label(context, "OR", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1303 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1304 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(0, top + 2.0 * height, width, height)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1305 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "Press Button %s to skip", get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A)); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1306 nk_label(context, buffer, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1307 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1308 |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1309 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1310 if (quiet) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1311 --quiet; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1312 } else { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1313 if (button_pressed >= 0 && button_pressed != last_button) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1314 if (current_button <= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B || button_pressed != button_a) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1315 start_mapping(); |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1316 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'b'; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1317 if (button_pressed > 9) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1318 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + button_pressed / 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1319 } |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1320 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + button_pressed % 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1321 last_button = button_pressed; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1322 if (current_button == SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1323 button_a = button_pressed; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1324 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1325 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1326 added_mapping = 1; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1327 } else if (hat_moved >= 0 && hat_value && (hat_moved != last_hat || hat_value != last_hat_value)) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1328 start_mapping(); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1329 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'h'; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1330 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + hat_moved; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1331 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '.'; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1332 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + hat_value; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1333 added_mapping = 1; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1334 |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1335 last_hat = hat_moved; |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1336 last_hat_value = hat_value; |
2319
ab3d8759da08
Slightly more reasonable threshold value for axes during mapping. Still pretty broken though
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2317
diff
changeset
|
1337 } else if (axis_moved >= 0 && abs(axis_value) > 4000 && ( |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1338 axis_moved != last_axis || ( |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1339 axis_value/abs(axis_value) != last_axis_value/abs(axis_value) && current_button >= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1340 ) |
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1341 )) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1342 if (current_button <= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B || axis_moved != button_a_axis) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1343 start_mapping(); |
2022
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1344 if (current_button >= SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP) { |
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1345 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = axis_value >= 0 ? '+' : '-'; |
380bc5d4a2cf
Fix format of axis mapping strings for axes that map to a d-pad
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2020
diff
changeset
|
1346 } |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1347 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = 'a'; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1348 if (axis_moved > 9) { |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1349 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + axis_moved / 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1350 } |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1351 mapping_string[mapping_pos++] = '0' + axis_moved % 10; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1352 last_axis = axis_moved; |
1804
34370330eaf3
Support controllers that have their dpad mapped to an axis
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1798
diff
changeset
|
1353 last_axis_value = axis_value; |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1354 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1355 added_mapping = 1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1356 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1357 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1358 |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1359 while (added_mapping) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1360 quiet = QUIET_FRAMES; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1361 if (current_button < SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1362 current_button++; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1363 if (current_button == SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX) { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1364 current_axis = 0; |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1365 if (get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1366 added_mapping = 0; |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1367 } |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1368 } else if (get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, current_button)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1369 added_mapping = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1370 } |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1371 } else { |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1372 current_axis++; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1373 if (current_axis == SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX) { |
1666
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1374 button_a = -1; |
a1e0ed70ad82
Allow skipping buttons/axes in controller SDL2 mapping UI
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1664
diff
changeset
|
1375 button_a_axis = -1; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1376 mapping_string[mapping_pos] = 0; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1377 save_controller_mapping(selected_controller, mapping_string); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1378 free(mapping_string); |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1379 pop_view(); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1380 if (initial_controller_config) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1381 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1382 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1383 } |
1806
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1384 added_mapping = 0; |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1385 } else if (get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, current_axis)) { |
396369ab481a
Skip buttons or axes in the mapping UI that have no label for the selected controller type
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1804
diff
changeset
|
1386 added_mapping = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1387 } |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1388 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1389 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1390 button_pressed = -1; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1391 hat_moved = -1; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
1392 axis_moved = -1; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1393 nk_end(context); |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1394 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1395 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
1396 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1397 static void show_mapping_view(void) |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1398 { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1399 current_button = SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1400 button_pressed = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1401 last_button = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1402 last_hat = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1403 axis_moved = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1404 last_axis = -1; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1405 last_axis_value = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1406 SDL_Joystick *joy = render_get_joystick(selected_controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1407 const char *name = SDL_JoystickName(joy); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1408 size_t namesz = strlen(name); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1409 mapping_string = malloc(512 + namesz); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1410 for (mapping_pos = 0; mapping_pos < namesz; mapping_pos++) |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1411 { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1412 char c = name[mapping_pos]; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1413 if (c == ',' || c == '\n' || c == '\r') { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1414 c = ' '; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1415 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1416 mapping_string[mapping_pos] = c; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1417 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1419 push_view(view_controller_mappings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1420 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1421 |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1422 static void view_controller_variant(struct nk_context *context) |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1423 { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1424 uint8_t selected = 0; |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1425 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Type", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1426 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height*1.25, render_width() - context->style.font->height * 2, 1); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1427 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1428 nk_label(context, "Select the layout that", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1429 nk_label(context, "best matches your controller", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1430 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1431 if (selected_controller_info.subtype == SUBTYPE_GENESIS) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1432 if (nk_button_label(context, "3 button")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1433 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_3BUTTON; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1434 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1435 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1436 if (nk_button_label(context, "Standard 6 button")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1437 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1438 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1439 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1440 if (nk_button_label(context, "6 button with 2 shoulder buttons")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1441 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_8BUTTON; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1442 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1443 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1444 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1445 if (nk_button_label(context, "4 face buttons")) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1446 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_NORMAL; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1447 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1448 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1449 char buffer[512]; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1450 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "6 face buttons including %s and %s", |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1451 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER), |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1452 get_axis_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT) |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1453 ); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1454 if (nk_button_label(context, buffer)) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1455 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_RIGHT; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1456 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1457 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1458 snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "6 face buttons including %s and %s", |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1459 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER), |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1460 get_button_label(&selected_controller_info, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER) |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1461 ); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1462 if (nk_button_label(context, buffer)) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1463 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1464 selected = 1; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1465 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1466 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1467 nk_end(context); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1468 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1469 if (selected) { |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1470 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1471 pop_view(); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1472 if (initial_controller_config) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1473 SDL_GameController *controller = render_get_controller(selected_controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1474 if (controller) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1475 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1476 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1477 SDL_GameControllerClose(controller); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1478 } else { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1479 show_mapping_view(); |
1604
68b05322d971
Don't redundantly store controller GUID when saving a mapping. Remove illegal chars from controller name
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1602
diff
changeset
|
1480 } |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1481 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1482 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1483 } |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1485 static void controller_type_group(struct nk_context *context, char *name, int type_id, int first_subtype_id, const char **types, uint32_t num_types) |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1486 { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1487 nk_layout_row_static(context, (context->style.font->height + 3) * num_types + context->style.font->height, render_width() - 80, 1); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1488 if (nk_group_begin(context, name, NK_WINDOW_TITLE)) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1489 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width()/2 - 80, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1490 for (int i = 0; i < num_types; i++) |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1491 { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1492 if (nk_button_label(context, types[i])) { |
1602
b452887f85b4
Basic UI for selecting layout variants + minor fix to SDL2 mapping generation UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1601
diff
changeset
|
1493 selected_controller_info.type = type_id; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1494 selected_controller_info.subtype = first_subtype_id + i; |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1495 pop_view(); |
2015
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1496 if (selected_controller_info.subtype == SUBTYPE_SATURN) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1497 selected_controller_info.variant = VARIANT_6B_BUMPERS; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1498 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1499 if (initial_controller_config) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1500 SDL_GameController *controller = render_get_controller(selected_controller); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1501 if (controller) { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1502 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1503 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1504 SDL_GameControllerClose(controller); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1505 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1506 show_mapping_view(); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1507 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1508 } |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1509 } else { |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1510 push_view(view_controller_variant); |
8a64d86cc362
Use different variants for Genesis controllers to better represent what types are out there
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2014
diff
changeset
|
1511 } |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1512 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1513 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1514 nk_group_end(context); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1515 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1516 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1517 |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1518 void view_controller_type(struct nk_context *context) |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1519 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1520 if (nk_begin(context, "Controller Type", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1521 controller_type_group(context, "Xbox", TYPE_XBOX, SUBTYPE_XBOX, (const char *[]){ |
2220
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1522 "Original", "Xbox 360", "Xbox One/Series", "Xbox Elite" |
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1523 }, 4); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1524 controller_type_group(context, "Playstation", TYPE_PSX, SUBTYPE_PS3, (const char *[]){ |
2220
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1525 "PS3", "PS4", "PS5" |
dd9d43c67986
Add support for newer controller types. Fix crash caused by new controller button types introduced in 2.0.12 and support mapping them
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2219
diff
changeset
|
1526 }, 3); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1527 controller_type_group(context, "Sega", TYPE_SEGA, SUBTYPE_GENESIS, (const char *[]){ |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1528 "Genesis", "Saturn" |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1529 }, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1530 controller_type_group(context, "Nintendo", TYPE_NINTENDO, SUBTYPE_WIIU, (const char *[]){ |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1531 "WiiU", "Switch" |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1532 }, 2); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1533 nk_end(context); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1534 } |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1535 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1536 static uint8_t stick_nav_disabled; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1537 static SDL_GameController *current_controller; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1538 static uint8_t deadzones_dirty; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1539 void stick_deadzone_widget(float left, float top, float size, SDL_GameControllerAxis x_axis) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1540 { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1541 float crosshair_size = context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1542 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left, top, size, size), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(255, 255, 255)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1543 float deadzone_size = selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone * size / 65535.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1544 int16_t raw_x = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, x_axis); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1545 int16_t raw_y = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, x_axis + 1); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1546 if (raw_x > selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1547 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1548 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1549 left + size, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1550 left + size, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1551 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1552 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1553 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1554 } else if (raw_x < -selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1555 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1556 left, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1557 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1558 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1559 left, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1560 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1561 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1562 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1563 if (raw_y > selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1564 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1565 left, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1566 left + size, top + size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1567 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1568 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1569 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1570 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1571 } else if (raw_y < -selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1572 float points[] = { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1573 left, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1574 left + size, top, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1575 left + size * 0.5f + deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1576 left + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, top + size * 0.5f - deadzone_size, |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1577 }; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1578 nk_fill_polygon(&context->current->buffer, points, sizeof(points)/(2 * sizeof(float)), context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1579 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1580 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left + 0.5f * size - deadzone_size, top + 0.5f * size - deadzone_size, 2 * deadzone_size, 2 * deadzone_size), context->style.window.rounding, 0.5f * context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(200, 200, 200)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1581 //nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size, size)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1582 float x = raw_x * size / 65535.0f + size / 2.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1583 float y = raw_y * size / 65535.0f + size / 2.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1584 nk_draw_symbol(&context->current->buffer, NK_SYMBOL_X, nk_rect(left + x, top + y, crosshair_size, crosshair_size), nk_rgb(0, 0, 0), nk_rgb(255, 255, 255), 1, context->style.font); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1585 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1586 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1587 void trigger_deadzone_widget(float left, float top, float size, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1588 { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1589 float crosshair_size = context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1590 nk_stroke_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left, top, size, crosshair_size * 1.5f), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(255, 255, 255)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1591 float deadzone_size = selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone * size / 32767.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1592 int16_t raw = SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(current_controller, axis); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1593 if (raw < 0) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1594 raw = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1595 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1596 if (raw > selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1597 nk_fill_rect(&context->current->buffer, nk_rect(left + deadzone_size, top, size - deadzone_size, 1.5f * crosshair_size), context->style.window.rounding, context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1598 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1599 nk_stroke_line(&context->current->buffer, left + deadzone_size, top, left + deadzone_size, top + 1.5f * crosshair_size, 0.5f * context->style.window.border, nk_rgb(200, 200, 200)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1600 float x = raw * size / 32767.0f - crosshair_size / 2.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1601 nk_draw_symbol(&context->current->buffer, NK_SYMBOL_X, nk_rect(left + x, top + 0.25f * crosshair_size, crosshair_size, crosshair_size), nk_rgb(0, 0, 0), nk_rgb(255, 255, 255), 1, context->style.font); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1602 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1603 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1604 void view_deadzones(struct nk_context *context) |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1605 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1606 if (nk_begin(context, "Deadzones", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1607 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, render_height() - 3 * context->style.font->height, 4); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1608 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1609 float left = render_width() / 8.0f, top = render_height() / 8.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1610 float size = render_height() / 3.0f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1611 stick_deadzone_widget(left, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1612 stick_deadzone_widget(left + 1.25f * size, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1613 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1614 top += size + context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1615 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size * 2, context->style.font->height)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1616 int val = selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1617 nk_property_int(context, "Stick Deadzone", 250, &val, 32000, 250, 1.0f); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1618 if (val != selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1619 selected_controller_info.stick_deadzone = val; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1620 deadzones_dirty = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1621 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1622 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1623 top += 2.0f * context->style.font->height; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1624 trigger_deadzone_widget(left, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1625 trigger_deadzone_widget(left + 1.25f * size, top, size, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1626 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1627 top += context->style.font->height * 2.5f; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1628 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(left, top, size * 2, context->style.font->height)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1629 val = selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1630 nk_property_int(context, "Trigger Deadzone", 250, &val, 32000, 250, 1.0f); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1631 if (val != selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1632 selected_controller_info.trigger_deadzone = val; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1633 deadzones_dirty = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1634 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1635 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1636 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1637 |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1638 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height) / 2, 2); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1639 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1640 stick_nav_disabled = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1641 if (current_controller) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1642 SDL_GameControllerClose(current_controller); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1643 current_controller = NULL; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1644 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1645 if (deadzones_dirty) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1646 save_controller_info(selected_controller, &selected_controller_info); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1647 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1648 pop_view(); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1649 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1650 nk_end(context); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1651 } |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1652 } |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1653 |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1654 void view_controllers(struct nk_context *context) |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1655 { |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
1656 if (nk_begin(context, "Controllers", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), NK_WINDOW_NO_SCROLLBAR)) { |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1657 int height = (render_height() - 2*context->style.font->height) / 5; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1658 int inner_height = height - context->style.window.spacing.y; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1659 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1660 int bindings_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Bindings", strlen("Bindings")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1661 int remap_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Remap", strlen("Remap")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1662 int change_type_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Change Type", strlen("Change Type")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1663 int deadzones_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Deadzones", strlen("Deadzones")) + context->style.button.padding.x * 2; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1664 int total = bindings_width + remap_width + change_type_width + deadzones_width; |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1665 float bindings_ratio = (float)bindings_width / total; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1666 float remap_ratio = (float)remap_width / total; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1667 float change_type_ratio = (float)change_type_width / total; |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1668 float deadzones_ratio = (float)deadzones_width / total; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1669 |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1670 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1671 uint8_t found_controller = 0; |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1672 for (int i = 0; i < MAX_JOYSTICKS; i++) |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1673 { |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1674 SDL_Joystick *joy = render_get_joystick(i); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1675 if (joy) { |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1676 found_controller = 1; |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1677 controller_info info = get_controller_info(i); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1678 ui_image *controller_image = select_best_image(&info); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1679 int image_width = inner_height * controller_image->width / controller_image->height; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1680 nk_layout_space_begin(context, NK_STATIC, height, INT_MAX); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1681 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(context->style.font->height / 2, 0, image_width, inner_height)); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1682 if (info.type == TYPE_UNKNOWN || info.type == TYPE_GENERIC_MAPPING) { |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1683 nk_label(context, "?", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1684 } else { |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
1685 nk_image(context, controller_image->ui); |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1686 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1687 int button_start = image_width + context->style.font->height; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1688 int button_area_width = render_width() - image_width - 2 * context->style.font->height; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1689 |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1690 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, 0, button_area_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1691 nk_label(context, info.name, NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1692 const struct nk_user_font *font = context->style.font; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1693 if (info.type == TYPE_UNKNOWN || info.type == TYPE_GENERIC_MAPPING) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1694 int button_width = font->width(font->userdata, font->height, "Configure", strlen("Configure")); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1695 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, button_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1696 if (nk_button_label(context, "Configure")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1697 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1698 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1699 initial_controller_config = 1; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1700 push_view(view_controller_type); |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1701 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1702 } else { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1703 button_area_width -= 2 * context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1704 bindings_width = bindings_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1705 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, bindings_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1706 if (nk_button_label(context, "Bindings")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1707 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1708 selected_controller_info = info; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1709 push_view(view_controller_bindings); |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
1710 controller_binding_changed = 0; |
1599
1fc61c844ec5
Allow selecting controller type when controllers have an SDL 2 mapping, but heuristics fail to idenify details
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1598
diff
changeset
|
1711 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1712 button_start += bindings_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1713 remap_width = remap_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1714 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, remap_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1715 if (nk_button_label(context, "Remap")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1716 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1717 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1718 initial_controller_config = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1719 show_mapping_view(); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1720 } |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1721 button_start += remap_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1722 change_type_width = change_type_ratio * button_area_width; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1723 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, change_type_width, inner_height/2)); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1724 if (nk_button_label(context, "Change Type")) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1725 selected_controller = i; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1726 selected_controller_info = info; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1727 initial_controller_config = 0; |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1728 push_view(view_controller_type); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1729 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1730 button_start += change_type_width + context->style.window.spacing.x; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1731 deadzones_width = deadzones_ratio * button_area_width; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1732 nk_layout_space_push(context, nk_rect(button_start, height/2, deadzones_width, inner_height/2)); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1733 if (nk_button_label(context, "Deadzones")) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1734 selected_controller = i; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1735 selected_controller_info = info; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1736 current_controller = render_get_controller(i); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1737 stick_nav_disabled = 1; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1738 deadzones_dirty = 0; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1739 push_view(view_deadzones); |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1740 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1741 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
1742 nk_layout_space_end(context); |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1743 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1744 } |
1859
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1745 if (!found_controller) { |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1746 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height, 1); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1747 nk_label(context, "No controllers detected", NK_TEXT_CENTERED); |
52f136052ab0
Allow changing SDL2 mapping and controller type after initial configuration
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1858
diff
changeset
|
1748 } |
1596
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1749 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, (render_width() - 2 * context->style.font->height) / 2, 2); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1750 nk_label(context, "", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1751 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1752 pop_view(); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1753 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1754 nk_end(context); |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1755 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1756 } |
437e80a700aa
Initial heuristics for detecting controller types and showing different labels in UI. Modified controller settings view to first display a list of controllers, only showing mapping after selecting controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1593
diff
changeset
|
1757 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1758 void settings_toggle(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, uint8_t def) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1759 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1760 uint8_t curval = !strcmp("on", tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def ? "on": "off"}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1761 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1762 uint8_t newval = nk_check_label(context, "", curval); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1763 if (newval != curval) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1764 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1765 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(newval ? "on" : "off")}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1766 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1767 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1768 |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1769 void settings_int_input(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1770 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1771 char buffer[12]; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1772 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1773 uint32_t curval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1774 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1775 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1776 if (len > 11) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1777 len = 11; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1778 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1779 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
1593
24508cb54f87
Fix a number of other memory errors (mostly leaks again) identified by valgrind
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1581
diff
changeset
|
1780 memset(buffer+len, 0, sizeof(buffer)-len); |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1781 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, sizeof(buffer)-1, nk_filter_decimal); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1782 buffer[len] = 0; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1783 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1784 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1785 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1786 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1787 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1788 |
1853
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1789 void settings_string(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def) |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1790 { |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1791 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1792 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1793 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1794 uint32_t buffer_len = len > 100 ? len + 1 : 101; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1795 char *buffer = malloc(buffer_len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1796 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1797 memset(buffer+len, 0, buffer_len-len); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1798 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, buffer_len-1, nk_filter_default); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1799 buffer[len] = 0; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1800 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1801 config_dirty = 1; |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1802 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1803 } |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1804 free(buffer); |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1805 } |
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
1806 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1807 void settings_path(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *path, char *def, const char **exts, uint32_t num_exts) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1808 { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1809 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1810 char *curstr = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1811 uint32_t len = strlen(curstr); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1812 uint32_t buffer_len = len > 100 ? len + 1 : 101; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1813 char *buffer = malloc(buffer_len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1814 memcpy(buffer, curstr, len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1815 memset(buffer+len, 0, buffer_len-len); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1816 nk_edit_string(context, NK_EDIT_SIMPLE, buffer, &len, buffer_len-1, nk_filter_default); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1817 buffer[len] = 0; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1818 if (strcmp(buffer, curstr)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1819 config_dirty = 1; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1820 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1821 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1822 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1823 nk_spacing(context, 1); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1824 if (nk_button_label(context, "Browse")) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1825 browser_label = label; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1826 browser_setting_path = path; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1827 browser_ext_list = exts; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1828 browser_num_exts = num_exts; |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1829 if (is_absolute_path(buffer)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1830 browser_cur_path = path_dirname(buffer); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1831 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1832 push_view(view_file_settings); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1833 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1834 free(buffer); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1835 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
1836 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1837 void settings_int_property(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *name, char *path, int def, int min, int max) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1838 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1839 char *curstr = tern_find_path(config, path, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1840 int curval = curstr ? atoi(curstr) : def; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1841 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1842 int val = curval; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1843 nk_property_int(context, name, min, &val, max, 1, 1.0f); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1844 if (val != curval) { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1845 char buffer[12]; |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1846 sprintf(buffer, "%d", val); |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1847 config_dirty = 1; |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1848 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1849 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1850 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
1851 |
1796
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1852 void settings_float_property(struct nk_context *context, char *label, char *name, char *path, float def, float min, float max, float step) |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1853 { |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1854 char *curstr = tern_find_path(config, path, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1855 float curval = curstr ? atof(curstr) : def; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1856 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1857 float val = curval; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1858 nk_property_float(context, name, min, &val, max, step, step); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1859 if (val != curval) { |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1860 char buffer[64]; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1861 sprintf(buffer, "%f", val); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1862 config_dirty = 1; |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1863 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(buffer)}, TVAL_PTR); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1864 } |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1865 } |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
1866 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1867 typedef struct { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1868 char *fragment; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1869 char *vertex; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1870 } shader_prog; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1871 |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1872 shader_prog *get_shader_progs(dir_entry *entries, size_t num_entries, shader_prog *progs, uint32_t *num_existing, uint32_t *storage) |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1873 { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1874 uint32_t num_progs = *num_existing; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1875 uint32_t prog_storage = *storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1876 uint32_t starting = num_progs; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1877 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1878 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1879 if (entries[i].is_dir) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1880 continue; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1881 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1882 char *no_ext = basename_no_extension(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1883 uint32_t len = strlen(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1884 if (no_ext[len-1] == 'f' && no_ext[len-2] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1885 uint8_t dupe = 0;; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1886 for (uint32_t j = 0; j < starting; j++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1887 if (!strcmp(entries[i].name, progs[j].fragment)) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1888 dupe = 1; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1889 break; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1890 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1891 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1892 if (!dupe) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1893 if (num_progs == prog_storage) { |
1493
24f44f26b74d
Fix buffer overrun in video settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1492
diff
changeset
|
1894 prog_storage = prog_storage ? prog_storage*2 : 4; |
1857
1844cf5a4045
Fix buffer overrun in shader list UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1855
diff
changeset
|
1895 progs = realloc(progs, sizeof(*progs) * prog_storage); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1896 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1897 progs[num_progs].vertex = NULL; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1898 progs[num_progs++].fragment = strdup(entries[i].name); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1899 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1900 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1901 free(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1902 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1903 |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1904 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1905 if (entries[i].is_dir) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1906 continue; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1907 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1908 char *no_ext = basename_no_extension(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1909 uint32_t len = strlen(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1910 if (no_ext[len-1] == 'v' && no_ext[len-2] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1911 for (uint32_t j = 0; j < num_progs; j++) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1912 if (!strncmp(no_ext, progs[j].fragment, len-1) && progs[j].fragment[len-1] == 'f' && progs[j].fragment[len] == '.') { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1913 progs[j].vertex = strdup(entries[i].name); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1914 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1915 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1916 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1917 free(no_ext); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1918 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1919 free_dir_list(entries, num_entries); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1920 *num_existing = num_progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1921 *storage = prog_storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1922 return progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1923 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1924 |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1925 shader_prog *get_shader_list(uint32_t *num_out) |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1926 { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1927 char *shader_dir = path_append(get_config_dir(), "shaders"); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1928 size_t num_entries; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1929 dir_entry *entries = get_dir_list(shader_dir, &num_entries); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1930 free(shader_dir); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1931 shader_prog *progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1932 uint32_t num_progs = 0, prog_storage; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1933 if (num_entries) { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1934 progs = calloc(num_entries, sizeof(shader_prog)); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1935 prog_storage = num_entries; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1936 progs = get_shader_progs(entries, num_entries, progs, &num_progs, &prog_storage); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1937 } else { |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1938 progs = NULL; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1939 prog_storage = 0; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1940 } |
1693
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1941 #ifdef DATA_PATH |
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1942 shader_dir = path_append(DATA_PATH, "shaders"); |
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1943 #else |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1944 shader_dir = path_append(get_exe_dir(), "shaders"); |
1693
ba3fb7a3be6b
Added some Makefile options to build a packaging friendly executable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1681
diff
changeset
|
1945 #endif |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1946 entries = get_dir_list(shader_dir, &num_entries); |
1858
dda7479f3bbb
Fix a couple of small memory leaks
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1857
diff
changeset
|
1947 free(shader_dir); |
1492
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1948 progs = get_shader_progs(entries, num_entries, progs, &num_progs, &prog_storage); |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1949 *num_out = num_progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1950 return progs; |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1951 } |
bdeb2a1d0385
Add shader selector to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1491
diff
changeset
|
1952 |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1953 int32_t find_match(const char **options, uint32_t num_options, char *path, char *def) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1954 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1955 char *setting = tern_find_path_default(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = def}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1956 int32_t selected = -1; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1957 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1958 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1959 if (!strcmp(setting, options[i])) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1960 selected = i; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1961 break; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1962 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1963 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1964 if (selected == -1) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1965 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_options; i++) |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1966 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1967 if (!strcmp(def, options[i])) { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1968 selected = i; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1969 break; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1970 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1971 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1972 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1973 return selected; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1974 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1975 |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1976 int32_t settings_dropdown_ex(struct nk_context *context, char *label, const char **options, const char **opt_display, uint32_t num_options, int32_t current, char *path) |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1977 { |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1978 nk_label(context, label, NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1979 int32_t next = nk_combo(context, opt_display, num_options, current, 30, nk_vec2(300, 300)); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1980 if (next != current) { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
1981 config_dirty = 1; |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1982 config = tern_insert_path(config, path, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(options[next])}, TVAL_PTR); |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1983 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1984 return next; |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1985 } |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
1986 |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1987 int32_t settings_dropdown(struct nk_context *context, char *label, const char **options, uint32_t num_options, int32_t current, char *path) |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1988 { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1989 return settings_dropdown_ex(context, label, options, options, num_options, current, path); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1990 } |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1992 void view_video_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1993 { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1994 const char *vsync_opts[] = {"on", "off", "tear"}; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1995 const char *vsync_opt_names[] = { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1996 "On", |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1997 "Off", |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1998 "On, tear if late" |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
1999 }; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2000 const uint32_t num_vsync_opts = sizeof(vsync_opts)/sizeof(*vsync_opts); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2001 static shader_prog *progs; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2002 static char **prog_names; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2003 static uint32_t num_progs; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2004 static uint32_t selected_prog; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2005 static int32_t selected_vsync = -1; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2006 if (selected_vsync < 0) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2007 selected_vsync = find_match(vsync_opts, num_vsync_opts, "video\0vsync\0", "off"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2008 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2009 if(!progs) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2010 progs = get_shader_list(&num_progs); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2011 prog_names = calloc(num_progs, sizeof(char*)); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2012 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_progs; i++) |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2013 { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2014 prog_names[i] = basename_no_extension(progs[i].fragment);; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2015 uint32_t len = strlen(prog_names[i]); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2016 if (len > 2) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2017 prog_names[i][len-2] = 0; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2018 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2019 if (!progs[i].vertex) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2020 progs[i].vertex = strdup("default.v.glsl"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2021 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2022 if (!strcmp( |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2023 progs[i].fragment, |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2024 tern_find_path_default(config, "video\0fragment_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = "default.f.glsl"}, TVAL_PTR).ptrval |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2025 )) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2026 selected_prog = i; |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2027 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2028 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2029 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2030 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2031 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2032 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2033 if (desired_width > width) { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2034 desired_width = width; |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2035 } |
2379
9e6cb50d0639
Fix accidental search and replace in UI code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2376
diff
changeset
|
2036 if (nk_begin(context, "Video Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2037 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 2); |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2038 settings_toggle(context, "Fullscreen", "video\0fullscreen\0", 0); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2039 settings_toggle(context, "Open GL", "video\0gl\0", 1); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2040 settings_toggle(context, "Scanlines", "video\0scanlines\0", 0); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2041 selected_vsync = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "VSync", vsync_opts, vsync_opt_names, num_vsync_opts, selected_vsync, "video\0vsync\0"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2042 settings_int_input(context, "Windowed Width", "video\0width\0", "640"); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2043 nk_label(context, "Shader", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2044 uint32_t next_selected = nk_combo(context, (const char **)prog_names, num_progs, selected_prog, context->style.font->height, nk_vec2(desired_width, desired_width)); |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2045 if (next_selected != selected_prog) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2046 selected_prog = next_selected; |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2047 config_dirty = 1; |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2048 config = tern_insert_path(config, "video\0fragment_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(progs[next_selected].fragment)}, TVAL_PTR); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2049 config = tern_insert_path(config, "video\0vertex_shader\0", (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(progs[next_selected].vertex)}, TVAL_PTR); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2050 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2051 settings_int_property(context, "NTSC Overscan", "Top", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0top\0", 2, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2052 settings_int_property(context, "", "Bottom", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0bottom\0", 17, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2053 settings_int_property(context, "", "Left", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0left\0", 13, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2054 settings_int_property(context, "", "Right", "video\0ntsc\0overscan\0right\0", 14, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2055 settings_int_property(context, "PAL Overscan", "Top", "video\0pal\0overscan\0top\0", 2, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2056 settings_int_property(context, "", "Bottom", "video\0pal\0overscan\0bottom\0", 17, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2057 settings_int_property(context, "", "Left", "video\0pal\0overscan\0left\0", 13, 0, 32); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2058 settings_int_property(context, "", "Right", "video\0pal\0overscan\0right\0", 14, 0, 32); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2059 |
1553
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2060 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2061 pop_view(); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2062 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2063 nk_end(context); |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2064 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2065 } |
723c00950f41
Added vsync to video settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1549
diff
changeset
|
2066 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2067 void view_audio_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2068 { |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2069 const char *rates[] = { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2070 "192000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2071 "96000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2072 "48000", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2073 "44100", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2074 "22050" |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2075 }; |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2076 const char *sizes[] = { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2077 "1024", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2078 "512", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2079 "256", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2080 "128", |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2081 "64" |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2082 }; |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2083 const char *dac[] = { |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2084 "zero_offset", |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2085 "linear" |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2086 }; |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2087 const char *dac_desc[] = { |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2088 "Zero Offset", |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2089 "Linear" |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2090 }; |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2091 const uint32_t num_rates = sizeof(rates)/sizeof(*rates); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2092 const uint32_t num_sizes = sizeof(sizes)/sizeof(*sizes); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2093 const uint32_t num_dacs = sizeof(dac)/sizeof(*dac); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2094 static int32_t selected_rate = -1; |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2095 static int32_t selected_size = -1; |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2096 static int32_t selected_dac = -1; |
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2097 if (selected_rate < 0 || selected_size < 0 || selected_dac < 0) { |
2383
ee0cc07dc406
Fix read of audio sample rate in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2379
diff
changeset
|
2098 selected_rate = find_match(rates, num_rates, "audio\0rate\0", "48000"); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2099 selected_size = find_match(sizes, num_sizes, "audio\0buffer\0", "512"); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2100 selected_dac = find_match(dac, num_dacs, "audio\0fm_dac\0", "zero_offset"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2101 } |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2102 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2103 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2104 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2105 if (desired_width > width) { |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2106 desired_width = width; |
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2107 } |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2108 if (nk_begin(context, "Audio Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2109 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height , desired_width, 2); |
1499
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2110 selected_rate = settings_dropdown(context, "Rate in Hz", rates, num_rates, selected_rate, "audio\0rate\0"); |
756f8616d1bf
Refactor basic settings dropdowns
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1498
diff
changeset
|
2111 selected_size = settings_dropdown(context, "Buffer Samples", sizes, num_sizes, selected_size, "audio\0buffer\0"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2112 settings_int_input(context, "Lowpass Cutoff Hz", "audio\0lowpass_cutoff\0", "3390"); |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2113 settings_float_property(context, "Gain (dB)", "Overall", "audio\0gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
1796
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
2114 settings_float_property(context, "", "FM", "audio\0fm_gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
51417bb557b6
Configurable gain for overall output and individual components
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1790
diff
changeset
|
2115 settings_float_property(context, "", "PSG", "audio\0psg_gain\0", 0, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
2277
9e578fd493e1
Implement gain control for Ricoh PCM and CDDA with defaults based on Model 2 Sega CD
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2247
diff
changeset
|
2116 settings_float_property(context, "", "RF5C164", "audio\0rf5c164_gain\0", -6.0f, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
9e578fd493e1
Implement gain control for Ricoh PCM and CDDA with defaults based on Model 2 Sega CD
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2247
diff
changeset
|
2117 settings_float_property(context, "", "CDDA", "audio\0cdd_gain\0", -9.5f, -30.0f, 30.0f, 0.5f); |
1798
5278b6e44fc1
Optionally emulate the offset around zero in the imperfect DAC of a discrete YM2612
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1796
diff
changeset
|
2118 selected_dac = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "FM DAC", dac, dac_desc, num_dacs, selected_dac, "audio\0fm_dac\0"); |
1494
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2119 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2120 pop_view(); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2121 } |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2122 nk_end(context); |
8be6ea919300
Fleshed out audio settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1493
diff
changeset
|
2123 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2124 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2125 typedef struct { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2126 const char **models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2127 const char **names; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2128 uint32_t num_models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2129 uint32_t storage; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2130 uint8_t genesis_only; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2131 } model_foreach_state; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2132 void model_iter(char *key, tern_val val, uint8_t valtype, void *data) |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2133 { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2134 if (valtype != TVAL_NODE) { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2135 return; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2136 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2137 if (!strcmp(tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "show", "yes"), "no")) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2138 return; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2139 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2140 model_foreach_state *state = data; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2141 if (state->genesis_only && strcmp(tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "vdp", "genesis"), "genesis")) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2142 return; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2143 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2144 if (state->num_models == state->storage) { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2145 state->storage *= 2; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2146 state->models = realloc(state->models, state->storage * sizeof(char *)); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2147 state->names = realloc(state->names, state->storage * sizeof(char *)); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2148 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2149 char *def = strdup(key); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2150 state->models[state->num_models] = def; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2151 state->names[state->num_models++] = tern_find_ptr_default(val.ptrval, "name", def); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2152 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2153 |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2154 typedef struct { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2155 const char **models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2156 const char **names; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2157 } models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2159 models get_models(uint32_t *num_out, uint8_t genesis_only) |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2160 { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2161 tern_node *systems = get_systems_config(); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2162 model_foreach_state state = { |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2163 .models = calloc(4, sizeof(char *)), |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2164 .names = calloc(4, sizeof(char *)), |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2165 .num_models = 0, |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2166 .storage = 4, |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2167 .genesis_only = genesis_only |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2168 }; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2169 tern_foreach(systems, model_iter, &state); |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2170 *num_out = state.num_models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2171 return (models){ |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2172 .models = state.models, |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2173 .names = state.names |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2174 }; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2175 } |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2176 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2177 void view_system_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2178 { |
1568
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2179 const char *sync_opts[] = { |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2180 "video", |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2181 "audio" |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2182 }; |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2183 const uint32_t num_sync_opts = sizeof(sync_opts)/sizeof(*sync_opts); |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2184 static int32_t selected_sync = -1; |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2185 if (selected_sync < 0) { |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2186 selected_sync = find_match(sync_opts, num_sync_opts, "system\0sync_source\0", "video"); |
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2187 } |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2188 const char *regions[] = { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2189 "J - Japan", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2190 "U - Americas", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2191 "E - Europe" |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2192 }; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2193 const char *region_codes[] = {"J", "U", "E"}; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2194 const uint32_t num_regions = sizeof(regions)/sizeof(*regions); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2195 static int32_t selected_region = -1; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2196 if (selected_region < 0) { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2197 selected_region = find_match(region_codes, num_regions, "system\0default_region\0", "U"); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2198 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2199 static const char **model_opts, **sms_model_opts; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2200 static const char **model_names, **sms_model_names; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2201 static uint32_t num_models, num_sms_models; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2202 if (!model_opts) { |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2203 models m = get_models(&num_models, 1); |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2204 model_opts = m.models; |
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2205 model_names = m.names; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2206 m = get_models(&num_sms_models, 0); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2207 sms_model_opts = m.models; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2208 sms_model_names = m.names; |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2209 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2210 static uint8_t old_show_sms; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2211 uint8_t show_sms = current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_SMS; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2212 |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2213 static int32_t selected_model = -1; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2214 if (selected_model < 0 || show_sms != old_show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2215 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2216 selected_model = find_match(sms_model_opts, num_sms_models, "sms\0system\0model\0", "md1va3"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2217 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2218 selected_model = find_match(model_opts, num_models, "system\0model\0", "md1va3"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2219 } |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2220 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2221 |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2222 static const char *formats[] = { |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2223 "native", |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2224 "gst" |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2225 }; |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2226 const uint32_t num_formats = sizeof(formats)/sizeof(*formats); |
1900
93960907807a
Added UI for selecting configured model
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1862
diff
changeset
|
2227 static int32_t selected_format = -1; |
1500
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2228 if (selected_format < 0) { |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2229 selected_format = find_match(formats, num_formats, "ui\0state_format\0", "native"); |
39a199dca772
Added dropdowns for default region and savestate format
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2230 } |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2231 static const char *ram_inits[] = { |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2232 "zero", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2233 "random" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2234 }; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2235 const uint32_t num_inits = sizeof(ram_inits)/sizeof(*ram_inits); |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2236 static int32_t selected_init = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2237 if (selected_init < 0) { |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2238 selected_init = find_match(ram_inits, num_inits, "system\0ram_init\0", "zero"); |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2239 } |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2240 static const char *io_opts_1[] = { |
1789
b3eb74936f18
Fix off by one in IO device UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1693
diff
changeset
|
2241 "none", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2242 "gamepad2.1", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2243 "gamepad3.1", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2244 "gamepad6.1", |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2245 "sega_multitap.1", |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2246 "ea_multitap_port_a", |
1575
ccb3a8ae7ad0
Fix config value set when "Mega Mouse" is selected in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1573
diff
changeset
|
2247 "mouse.1", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2248 "saturn keyboard", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2249 "xband keyboard" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2250 }; |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2251 static const char *io_opts_2[] = { |
1789
b3eb74936f18
Fix off by one in IO device UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1693
diff
changeset
|
2252 "none", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2253 "gamepad2.2", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2254 "gamepad3.2", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2255 "gamepad6.2", |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2256 "sega_multitap.1", |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2257 "ea_multitap_port_b", |
1575
ccb3a8ae7ad0
Fix config value set when "Mega Mouse" is selected in settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1573
diff
changeset
|
2258 "mouse.1", |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2259 "saturn keyboard", |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2260 "xband keyboard" |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2261 }; |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2262 static const char *type_names[sizeof(io_opts_1)/sizeof(*io_opts_1)]; |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2263 static int32_t selected_io_1 = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2264 static int32_t selected_io_2 = -1; |
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2265 const uint32_t num_io = sizeof(io_opts_1)/sizeof(*io_opts_1); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2266 if (selected_io_1 < 0 || selected_io_2 < 0 || show_sms != old_show_sms) { |
2235
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2267 type_names[0] = device_type_names[IO_NONE]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2268 type_names[1] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD2]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2269 type_names[2] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD3]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2270 type_names[3] = device_type_names[IO_GAMEPAD6]; |
93918a6a8ab7
Initial support for Sega multi-tap
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2220
diff
changeset
|
2271 type_names[4] = device_type_names[IO_SEGA_MULTI]; |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2272 type_names[5] = device_type_names[IO_EA_MULTI_A]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2273 type_names[6] = device_type_names[IO_MOUSE]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2274 type_names[7] = device_type_names[IO_SATURN_KEYBOARD]; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2275 type_names[8] = device_type_names[IO_XBAND_KEYBOARD]; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2276 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2277 selected_io_1 = find_match(io_opts_1, num_io, "sms\0io\0devices\0""1\0", "gamepad2.1"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2278 selected_io_2 = find_match(io_opts_2, num_io, "sms\0io\0devices\0""2\0", "gamepad2.2"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2279 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2280 selected_io_1 = find_match(io_opts_1, num_io, "io\0devices\0""1\0", "gamepad6.1"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2281 selected_io_2 = find_match(io_opts_2, num_io, "io\0devices\0""2\0", "gamepad6.2"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2282 } |
1501
31a2997b745e
Added RAM init and IO port config to system settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1500
diff
changeset
|
2283 } |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2284 old_show_sms = show_sms; |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2285 |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2286 uint32_t width = render_width(); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2287 uint32_t height = render_height(); |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2288 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2289 if (nk_begin(context, "System Settings", nk_rect(0, 0, width, height), 0)) { |
1578
aaa28c9bf67d
Basic interface scaling for rest of settings UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1577
diff
changeset
|
2290 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 2); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2291 |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2292 if (show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2293 selected_model = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Model", sms_model_opts, sms_model_names, num_sms_models, selected_model, "sms\0system\0model\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2294 } else { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2295 selected_model = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Model", model_opts, model_names, num_models, selected_model, "system\0model\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2296 } |
2238
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2297 int32_t old_selected = selected_io_1; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2298 char *config_path1, *config_path2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2299 if (show_sms) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2300 config_path1 = "sms\0io\0devices\0""1\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2301 config_path2 = "sms\0io\0devices\0""2\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2302 } else { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2303 config_path1 = "io\0devices\0""1\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2304 config_path2 = "io\0devices\0""2\0"; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2305 } |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2306 selected_io_1 = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "IO Port 1 Device", io_opts_1, type_names, num_io, selected_io_1, config_path1); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2307 if (old_selected != selected_io_1 && selected_io_1 != selected_io_2 && !strcmp(io_opts_1[selected_io_1], "ea_multitap_port_a")) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2308 selected_io_2 = selected_io_1; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2309 config = tern_insert_path(config, config_path2, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(io_opts_2[selected_io_2])}, TVAL_PTR); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2310 } |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2311 old_selected = selected_io_2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2312 selected_io_2 = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "IO Port 2 Device", io_opts_2, type_names, num_io, selected_io_2, config_path2); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2313 if (old_selected != selected_io_2 && selected_io_1 != selected_io_2 && !strcmp(io_opts_2[selected_io_2], "ea_multitap_port_b")) { |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2314 selected_io_1 = selected_io_2; |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2315 config = tern_insert_path(config, config_path1, (tern_val){.ptrval = strdup(io_opts_1[selected_io_1])}, TVAL_PTR); |
0a107b2d5837
Add support for EA 4-way Play
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2235
diff
changeset
|
2316 } |
2014
9ca255be938d
Reorder system settings so that more common options are near the top and none of the dropdowns get cut off
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2003
diff
changeset
|
2317 selected_region = settings_dropdown_ex(context, "Default Region", region_codes, regions, num_regions, selected_region, "system\0default_region\0"); |
1568
d14490dee01f
Add sync_source to default.cfg and the Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1554
diff
changeset
|
2318 selected_sync = settings_dropdown(context, "Sync Source", sync_opts, num_sync_opts, selected_sync, "system\0sync_source\0"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2319 if (!show_sms) { |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2320 settings_int_property(context, "68000 Clock Divider", "", "clocks\0m68k_divider\0", 7, 1, 53); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2321 selected_format = settings_dropdown(context, "Save State Format", formats, num_formats, selected_format, "ui\0state_format\0"); |
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2322 } |
2014
9ca255be938d
Reorder system settings so that more common options are near the top and none of the dropdowns get cut off
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2003
diff
changeset
|
2323 selected_init = settings_dropdown(context, "Initial RAM Value", ram_inits, num_inits, selected_init, "system\0ram_init\0"); |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2324 settings_toggle(context, "Remember ROM Path", "ui\0remember_path\0", 1); |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2325 settings_toggle(context, "Use Native File Picker", "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", 0); |
1852
a4cae960fd08
Allow config file to be saved with executable for "portable" setups
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1841
diff
changeset
|
2326 settings_toggle(context, "Save config with EXE", "ui\0config_in_exe_dir\0", 0); |
1853
9b2acecf8124
Allow game save path to be edited from UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1852
diff
changeset
|
2327 settings_string(context, "Game Save Path", "ui\0save_path\0", "$USERDATA/blastem/$ROMNAME"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2328 |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2329 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2330 if (config_dirty) { |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2331 char *unf = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2332 use_native_filechooser = unf && !strcmp(unf, "on"); |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2333 } |
1498
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2334 pop_view(); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2335 } |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2336 nk_end(context); |
050a5b032bc5
Initial work on system menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1494
diff
changeset
|
2337 } |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2338 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2339 |
2018
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2340 void view_confirm_reset(struct nk_context *context) |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2341 { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2342 if (nk_begin(context, "Reset Confirm", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2343 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 20; |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2344 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height, desired_width, 1); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2345 nk_label(context, "This will reset all settings and controller", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2346 nk_label(context, "mappings back to the defaults.", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2347 nk_label(context, "Are you sure you want to proceed?", NK_TEXT_LEFT); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2348 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.5, desired_width / 2, 2); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2349 if (nk_button_label(context, "Maybe not")) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2350 pop_view(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2351 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2352 if (nk_button_label(context, "Yep, delete it all")) { |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2353 delete_custom_config(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2354 config = load_config(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2355 delete_controller_info(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2356 config_dirty = 1; |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2357 pop_view(); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2358 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2359 nk_end(context); |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2360 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2361 } |
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2362 |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2363 void view_bios_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2364 { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2365 if (nk_begin(context, "Firmware", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2366 uint32_t desired_width = context->style.font->height * 10; |
2369
3e064001594a
Better spacing in firmware settings
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2355
diff
changeset
|
2367 nk_layout_row_static(context, context->style.font->height * 1.25f, desired_width, 2); |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2368 static const char* exts[] = {"md", "bin", "smd"}; |
2247
08a16de0e4cb
Fix settings save path of TMSS ROM setting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2238
diff
changeset
|
2369 settings_path(context, "TMSS ROM", "system\0tmss_path\0", "tmss.md", exts, 3); |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2370 settings_path(context, "US CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_us\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2371 settings_path(context, "JP CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_jp\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2372 settings_path(context, "EU CD BIOS", "system\0scd_bios_eu\0", "cdbios.md", exts, 3); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2373 if (nk_button_label(context, "Back")) { |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2374 pop_view(); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2375 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2376 nk_end(context); |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2377 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2378 } |
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2379 |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2380 void view_back(struct nk_context *context) |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2381 { |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2382 pop_view(); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2383 pop_view(); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2384 current_view(context); |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2385 } |
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2386 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2387 void view_settings(struct nk_context *context) |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2388 { |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2389 static menu_item items[] = { |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2390 {"Key Bindings", view_key_bindings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2391 {"Controllers", view_controllers}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2392 {"Video", view_video_settings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2393 {"Audio", view_audio_settings}, |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2394 {"System", view_system_settings}, |
2156
237068a25523
Added UI for setting firmware paths
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2022
diff
changeset
|
2395 {"Firmware", view_bios_settings}, |
2018
193b804c9845
Add a UI button to reset config to defaults
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
2396 {"Reset to Defaults", view_confirm_reset}, |
1491
e890971f3757
Somewhat fleshed out video settings view
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1490
diff
changeset
|
2397 {"Back", view_back} |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2398 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2399 |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2400 if (nk_begin(context, "Settings Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2401 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, NULL); |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2402 nk_end(context); |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2403 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2404 } |
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2405 |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2406 void exit_handler(uint32_t index) |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2407 { |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2408 exit(0); |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2409 } |
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2410 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2411 void view_pause(struct nk_context *context) |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2412 { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2413 static menu_item items[] = { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2414 {"Resume", view_play}, |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2415 {"Load ROM", view_load}, |
1487
6a35815cc409
Enable lock-on in Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1486
diff
changeset
|
2416 {"Lock On", view_lock_on}, |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2417 {"Save State", view_save_state}, |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2418 {"Load State", view_load_state}, |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2419 {"Settings", view_settings}, |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2420 {"Exit", NULL} |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2421 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2422 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2423 if (nk_begin(context, "Main Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2424 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, exit_handler); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2425 nk_end(context); |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2426 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2427 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2428 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2429 void view_menu(struct nk_context *context) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2430 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2431 static menu_item items[] = { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2432 {"Load ROM", view_load}, |
1490
919c0c33885e
Initial work on settings menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1487
diff
changeset
|
2433 {"Settings", view_settings}, |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2434 {"About", view_about}, |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2435 {"Exit", NULL} |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2436 }; |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2437 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2438 if (nk_begin(context, "Main Menu", nk_rect(0, 0, render_width(), render_height()), 0)) { |
1645
84ef1eb2c96a
Added code for actually saving new controller bindings to an appropriate key in the config file
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
2439 menu(context, sizeof(items)/sizeof(*items), items, exit_handler); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2440 nk_end(context); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2441 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2442 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2443 |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2444 void blastem_nuklear_render(void) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2445 { |
2376
1c09f5be285b
Very basic UI for media player
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2369
diff
changeset
|
2446 if (current_view != view_play || (current_system && current_system->type == SYSTEM_MEDIA_PLAYER)) { |
2392
a71176b9903d
Hide cursor in fullscreen when UI is not active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2383
diff
changeset
|
2447 render_force_cursor(1); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2448 nk_input_end(context); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2449 current_view(context); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2450 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2451 fb_context->fb.pixels = render_get_framebuffer(FRAMEBUFFER_UI, &fb_context->fb.pitch); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2452 nk_rawfb_render(fb_context, nk_rgb(0,0,0), 0); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2453 render_framebuffer_updated(FRAMEBUFFER_UI, render_width()); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2454 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2455 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2456 nk_sdl_render(NK_ANTI_ALIASING_ON, 512 * 1024, 128 * 1024); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2457 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2458 } |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2459 nk_input_begin(context); |
2392
a71176b9903d
Hide cursor in fullscreen when UI is not active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2383
diff
changeset
|
2460 } else { |
a71176b9903d
Hide cursor in fullscreen when UI is not active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2383
diff
changeset
|
2461 render_force_cursor(0); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2462 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2463 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2464 |
1486
a6881d0d76d0
Pause game execution when in the new UI pause menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1485
diff
changeset
|
2465 void ui_idle_loop(void) |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2466 { |
1862
e07fc3d473b2
Basic UI navigation with controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1859
diff
changeset
|
2467 render_enable_gamepad_events(1); |
1482
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2468 const uint32_t MIN_UI_DELAY = 15; |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2469 static uint32_t last; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2470 while (current_view != view_play) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2471 { |
1482
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2472 uint32_t current = render_elapsed_ms(); |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2473 if ((current - last) < MIN_UI_DELAY) { |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2474 render_sleep_ms(MIN_UI_DELAY - (current - last) - 1); |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2475 } |
2d203bf73dbd
Avoid burning a huge amount of CPU in the menu when emulation is not running and vsync is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1481
diff
changeset
|
2476 last = current; |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2477 render_update_display(); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2478 } |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2479 if (config_dirty) { |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2480 apply_updated_config(); |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2481 persist_config(config); |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2482 config_dirty = 0; |
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2483 } |
1862
e07fc3d473b2
Basic UI navigation with controller
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1859
diff
changeset
|
2484 render_enable_gamepad_events(0); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2485 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2486 static void handle_event(SDL_Event *event) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2487 { |
1522
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2488 if (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN) { |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2489 keycode = event->key.keysym.sym; |
63659fb92db4
Key binding menu is now functional
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1521
diff
changeset
|
2490 } |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2491 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN) { |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2492 button_pressed = event->jbutton.button; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2493 } |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2494 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYHATMOTION) { |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2495 hat_moved = event->jhat.hat; |
1600
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2496 hat_value = event->jhat.value; |
7f39c40b4b25
WIP UI for creating an SDL2 mapping for controllers that don't have one
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1599
diff
changeset
|
2497 } |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2498 else if (event->type == SDL_JOYAXISMOTION) { |
2319
ab3d8759da08
Slightly more reasonable threshold value for axes during mapping. Still pretty broken though
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2317
diff
changeset
|
2499 if (event->jaxis.axis == axis_moved || abs(event->jaxis.value) > abs(axis_value) || abs(event->jaxis.value) > 4000) { |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2500 axis_moved = event->jaxis.axis; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2501 axis_value = event->jaxis.value; |
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2502 } |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2503 } else if (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN && event->button.button == 0) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2504 click = 1; |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2505 } else if (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP && event->button.button == 0) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2506 click = 0; |
1601
da04dd9c89ad
SDL2 mapping UI now handles axes
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1600
diff
changeset
|
2507 } |
2317
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2508 if (stick_nav_disabled && event->type == SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION) { |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2509 return; |
e836cf11783b
Make deadzones configurable and bump up the default value
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
2510 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2511 nk_sdl_handle_event(event); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2512 } |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2513 |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2514 static void context_destroyed(void) |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2515 { |
1681
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2516 if (context) |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2517 { |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2518 nk_sdl_shutdown(); |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2519 context = NULL; |
3f1c8258e20f
Hopefully fix Nuklear assert when loading ROM after changing video settings that some users are reporting
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1675
diff
changeset
|
2520 } |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2521 } |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2522 |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2523 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2524 static struct nk_image load_image_texture(uint32_t *buf, uint32_t width, uint32_t height) |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2525 { |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2526 GLuint tex; |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2527 glGenTextures(1, &tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2528 glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2529 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2530 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2531 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2532 glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2533 #ifdef USE_GLES |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2534 glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, buf); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2535 #else |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2536 glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA8, width, height, 0, GL_BGRA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, buf); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2537 #endif |
1609
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2538 return nk_image_id((int)tex); |
9c8f58740450
Added PS4 controller image. Added code to use PS4 image for Playstation controllers
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1606
diff
changeset
|
2539 } |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2540 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2541 |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2542 static struct nk_image load_image_rawfb(uint32_t *buf, uint32_t width, uint32_t height) |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2543 { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2544 struct rawfb_image *fbimg = calloc(1, sizeof(struct rawfb_image)); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2545 fbimg->pixels = buf; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2546 fbimg->pitch = width * sizeof(uint32_t); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2547 fbimg->w = width; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2548 fbimg->h = height; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2549 fbimg->format = NK_FONT_ATLAS_RGBA32; |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2550 return nk_image_ptr(fbimg); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2551 } |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2552 |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2553 static void texture_init(void) |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2554 { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2555 struct nk_font_atlas *atlas; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2556 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2557 nk_rawfb_font_stash_begin(fb_context, &atlas); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2558 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2559 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2560 nk_sdl_font_stash_begin(&atlas); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2561 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2562 } |
1527
4f6e8acd7b6a
Added support for TTC and dfont format true type fonts. More robust font selection on Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1526
diff
changeset
|
2563 uint32_t font_size; |
4f6e8acd7b6a
Added support for TTC and dfont format true type fonts. More robust font selection on Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1526
diff
changeset
|
2564 uint8_t *font = default_font(&font_size); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2565 if (!font) { |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2566 fatal_error("Failed to find default font path\n"); |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2567 } |
2294
7e995fb948c3
Make UI font less comically large
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
2568 def_font = nk_font_atlas_add_from_memory(atlas, font, font_size, render_height() / 24, NULL); |
1593
24508cb54f87
Fix a number of other memory errors (mostly leaks again) identified by valgrind
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1581
diff
changeset
|
2569 free(font); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2570 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2571 nk_rawfb_font_stash_end(fb_context); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2572 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2573 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2574 nk_sdl_font_stash_end(); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2575 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2576 } |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2577 nk_style_set_font(context, &def_font->handle); |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2578 for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_ui_images; i++) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2579 { |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2580 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2581 if (fb_context) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2582 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2583 ui_images[i]->ui = load_image_rawfb(ui_images[i]->image_data, ui_images[i]->width, ui_images[i]->height); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2584 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2585 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2586 ui_images[i]->ui = load_image_texture(ui_images[i]->image_data, ui_images[i]->width, ui_images[i]->height); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2587 } |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2588 #endif |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2589 } |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2590 } |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2591 |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2592 static void style_init(void) |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2593 { |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2594 context->style.checkbox.padding.x = render_height() / 120; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2595 context->style.checkbox.padding.y = render_height() / 120; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2596 context->style.checkbox.border = render_height() / 240; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2597 context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.type = NK_STYLE_ITEM_COLOR; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2598 context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal.data.color = (struct nk_color){ |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2599 .r = 255, .g = 128, .b = 0, .a = 255 |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2600 }; |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2601 context->style.checkbox.cursor_hover = context->style.checkbox.cursor_normal; |
1854
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2602 context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover = (struct nk_color){ |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2603 .r = 255, .g = 128, .b = 0, .a = 255 |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2604 }; |
58b6f5d918f4
Minor improvements to keyboard navigation
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1853
diff
changeset
|
2605 context->style.property.dec_button.text_hover = context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover; |
1855
92532eb6986d
Make combo boxes keyboard navigable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1854
diff
changeset
|
2606 context->style.combo.button.text_hover = context->style.property.inc_button.text_hover; |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2607 } |
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2608 |
2308
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2609 static void fb_resize(void) |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2610 { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2611 nk_rawfb_resize_fb(fb_context, NULL, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2612 style_init(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2613 texture_init(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2614 } |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2616 static void context_created(void) |
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2617 { |
1573
a051d8ee4528
Only save config file if something has changed. Re-initialize audio and video with new settings if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1572
diff
changeset
|
2618 context = nk_sdl_init(render_get_window()); |
2308
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2619 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2620 if (render_has_gl()) { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2621 nk_sdl_device_create(); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2622 } else { |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2623 #endif |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2624 fb_context = nk_rawfb_init(NULL, context, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2625 render_set_ui_fb_resize_handler(fb_resize); |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2626 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2627 } |
b7768c58f0da
Initial stab at DPI scaling support
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2307
diff
changeset
|
2628 #endif |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2629 style_init(); |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2630 texture_init(); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2631 } |
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2632 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2633 void show_pause_menu(void) |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2634 { |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2635 if (current_view == view_play) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2636 set_content_binding_state(0); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2637 context->style.window.background = nk_rgba(0, 0, 0, 128); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2638 context->style.window.fixed_background = nk_style_item_color(nk_rgba(0, 0, 0, 128)); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2639 current_view = view_pause; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
2640 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1980
81df9aa2de9b
Less hacky run on audio thread mode
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1910
diff
changeset
|
2641 system_request_exit(current_system, 1); |
1814
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2642 } else if (current_system && !set_binding) { |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2643 clear_view_stack(); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2644 show_play_view(); |
8db3c043be00
Fix crash when pressing escape with no ROM loaded. Fix immediate cancel in keybinding view when mouse happens to be where the cancel button appears
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1812
diff
changeset
|
2645 } |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2646 } |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2647 |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2648 void show_play_view(void) |
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2649 { |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2650 set_content_binding_state(1); |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2651 current_view = view_play; |
1841
5d10b8494b02
WIP keyboard nav for Nuklear menus
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1831
diff
changeset
|
2652 context->input.selected_widget = 0; |
1581
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2653 } |
7121daaa48c2
Fix drag and drop when using Nuklear UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1579
diff
changeset
|
2654 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2655 static uint8_t active; |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2656 uint8_t is_nuklear_active(void) |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2657 { |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2658 return active; |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2659 } |
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2660 |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2661 uint8_t is_nuklear_available(void) |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2662 { |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2663 /*if (!render_has_gl()) { |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2664 //currently no fallback if GL2 unavailable |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2665 return 0; |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2666 }*/ |
1483
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2667 char *style = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0style\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2668 if (!style) { |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2669 return 1; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2670 } |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2671 return strcmp(style, "rom") != 0; |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2672 } |
001120e91fed
Skip loading menu ROM if Nuklear UI is enabled. Allow disabling Nuklear UI in favor of old menu ROM both at compile time and in config. Fall back to ROM UI if GL is unavailable
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1482
diff
changeset
|
2673 |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2674 static void persist_config_exit(void) |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2675 { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2676 if (config_dirty) { |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2677 persist_config(config); |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2678 } |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2679 } |
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2680 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2681 ui_image *load_ui_image(char *name) |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2682 { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2683 uint32_t buf_size; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2684 uint8_t *buf = (uint8_t *)read_bundled_file(name, &buf_size); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2685 if (buf) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2686 num_ui_images++; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2687 if (num_ui_images > ui_image_storage) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2688 ui_image_storage = (ui_image_storage + 1) * 2; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2689 ui_images = realloc(ui_images, ui_image_storage * sizeof(*ui_images)); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2690 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2691 ui_image *this_image = ui_images[num_ui_images-1] = calloc(1, sizeof(ui_image)); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2692 this_image->image_data = load_png(buf, buf_size, &this_image->width, &this_image->height); |
1658
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2693 #ifdef USE_GLES |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2694 uint32_t *cur = this_image->image_data; |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2695 for (int i = 0; i < this_image->width*this_image->height; i++, cur++) |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2696 { |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2697 uint32_t pixel = *cur; |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2698 *cur = (pixel & 0xFF00FF00) | (pixel << 16 & 0xFF0000) | (pixel >> 16 & 0xFF); |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2699 } |
fa9ae059e4d3
Added support for GLES in addition to desktop GL
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1647
diff
changeset
|
2700 #endif |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2701 free(buf); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2702 if (!this_image->image_data) { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2703 num_ui_images--; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2704 free(this_image); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2705 return NULL; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2706 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2707 return this_image; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2708 } else { |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2709 return NULL; |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2710 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2711 } |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2712 |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2713 void blastem_nuklear_init(uint8_t file_loaded) |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2714 { |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2715 context = nk_sdl_init(render_get_window()); |
1825
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2716 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2717 if (render_has_gl()) { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2718 nk_sdl_device_create(); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2719 } else { |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2720 #endif |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2721 fb_context = nk_rawfb_init(NULL, context, render_width(), render_height(), 0); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2722 render_set_ui_fb_resize_handler(fb_resize); |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2723 #ifndef DISABLE_OPENGL |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2724 } |
56a1171e29b9
Allow Nuklear UI to be used when OpenGL is disabled
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1816
diff
changeset
|
2725 #endif |
1811
af14c21939f6
Add unit to gain label and change color of checkbox selected state to hopefully make it more clear
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1807
diff
changeset
|
2726 style_init(); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2727 |
1646
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2728 controller_360 = load_ui_image("images/360.png"); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2729 controller_ps4 = load_ui_image("images/ps4.png"); |
60b199cbb3f7
Added PS4 6-button fighting pad image and cleaned up controller image handling code
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1645
diff
changeset
|
2730 controller_ps4_6b = load_ui_image("images/ps4_6b.png"); |
2003
4c418ee9a9d8
Added Wii U controller image
Mike Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1980
diff
changeset
|
2731 controller_wiiu = load_ui_image("images/wiiu.png"); |
2020
e42c45ff06d5
Add Genesis 6-button contoller image
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2018
diff
changeset
|
2732 controller_gen_6b = load_ui_image("images/genesis_6b.png"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2733 |
1570
bc96bb3a0998
Use read_bundle_file for controller PNG. Re-upload texture when GL context is recreated
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1569
diff
changeset
|
2734 texture_init(); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2735 |
1672
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2736 if (file_loaded) { |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2737 current_view = view_play; |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2738 } else { |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2739 current_view = view_menu; |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2740 set_content_binding_state(0); |
12d0c7c4ad80
Disable most bindings when UI is active
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1666
diff
changeset
|
2741 } |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2742 render_set_ui_render_fun(blastem_nuklear_render); |
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2743 render_set_event_handler(handle_event); |
1476
0646ae0987c3
Fix UI rendering in fullscreen and wome initial work on the "pause" menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1475
diff
changeset
|
2744 render_set_gl_context_handlers(context_destroyed, context_created); |
2355
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2745 char *unf = tern_find_path(config, "ui\0use_native_filechooser\0", TVAL_PTR).ptrval; |
94cf5cc89227
Add an option to use the system file picker on Linux and Windows
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2319
diff
changeset
|
2746 use_native_filechooser = unf && !strcmp(unf, "on"); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2747 |
1577
69d624271cf8
Persist config on exit if config has changed
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1575
diff
changeset
|
2748 atexit(persist_config_exit); |
2202
ee6d30c56eeb
Add separate model/IO selection settings for SMS/GG
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2749 |
1477
1cdd7f492af8
Pause menu now triggered on ui.exit event
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1476
diff
changeset
|
2750 active = 1; |
1486
a6881d0d76d0
Pause game execution when in the new UI pause menu
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
1485
diff
changeset
|
2751 ui_idle_loop(); |
1474
c5c022c7aa54
Initial work on Nuklear-based UI
Michael Pavone <pavone@retrodev.com>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2752 } |